Edexcel BTEC level 3 Certificate, Subsidiary Diploma, Diploma and ...
Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical - Edexcel
Transcript of Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical - Edexcel
Edexcel BTEC Level 2 and 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF)
Edexcel Level 2 and 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF)
Specification
Issue 1
First registration September 2010
Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK’s largest awarding organisation offering vocational and academic qualifications and testing, to employers, training providers, colleges, schools, and other places of learning in the UK, and in over 85 countries worldwide.
Our specialist suite of qualifications include NVQs, Apprenticeships, WorkSkills, Functional Skills, Foundation Learning, as well as our exclusive range of BTECs, from entry level right through to Higher National Diplomas.
References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)
Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by Natalie Muller
Publications Code AP030054
All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2012
Contents
Qualification titles covered by this specification 1
Key features of the Edexcel Principles and Competence qualifications in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical (QCF) at Level 2 and Level 3 2
What is the purpose and benefits of these qualifications? 2
Who are these qualifications for? 2
What are the potential job roles for those working towards these qualifications? 3
What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve these qualifications? 3
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF)? 4
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF)? 6
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF)? 8
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF)? 15
How are the qualifications graded and assessed? 22
Assessment strategy for Competence based qualifications (VCQs) 22
Types of evidence 23
Centre recognition and approval 24
Centre recognition 24
Approvals agreement 24
Quality assurance 24
What resources are required? 25
Unit format 26
Units 27
Unit 1: Knowledge of Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment 29
Unit 2: Skills in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment 41
Unit 3: Knowledge of Support for Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment 47
Unit 4: Skills in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment 53
Unit 5: Knowledge of Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment 57
Unit 6: Skills in Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment 63
Unit 7: Competency in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment 69
Unit 8: Competency in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment 75
Unit 9: Knowledge of Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace 79
Unit 10: Skills in Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace 91
Unit 11: Knowledge in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems 95
Unit 12: Skills in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems 103
Unit 13: Knowledge of Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods 107
Unit 14: Skills in Inspecting Vehicles using Prescribed Methods 111
Unit 15: Knowledge of Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components 117
Unit 16: Skills in Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components 127
Unit 17: Knowledge of the Overhauling of Electrical Units 131
Unit 18: Skills in the Overhauling of Electrical Components 139
Unit 19: Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical) 143
Unit 20: Skills in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical) 149
Unit 21: Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels 153
Unit 22: Skills in Removing and Fitting Basic Motor Mechanical, Electrical and Trim Components and non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels 161
Unit 23: Competency in Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace 167
Unit 24: Competency in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems 173
Unit 25: Competency in Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods 179
Unit 26: Competency in Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components 185
Unit 27: Competency in the Overhauling of Electrical Components 191
Unit 28: Competency in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical) 195
Unit 29: Competency in Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels 201
Unit 30: Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults 207
Unit 31: Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults 219
Unit 32: Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults 225
Unit 33: Skills in Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults 237
Unit 34: Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults 241
Unit 35: Skills in Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults 247
Unit 36: Knowledge of How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction 251
Unit 37: Skills in How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction 257
Unit 38: Knowledge of how to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs 261
Unit 39: Skills to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs 267
Unit 40: Knowledge of Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector 271
Unit 41: Skills in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector 273
Unit 42: Knowledge of the Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems 277
Unit 43: Skills in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Vehicle Security Systems 285
Unit 44: Knowledge of Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment 291
Unit 45: Skills in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment 297
Unit 46: Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults 301
Unit 47: Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Engine Electrical Faults 307
Unit 48: Competency in the Diagnosing and Rectifying of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults 313
Unit 49: Competency in Identifying and Agreeing Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs 319
Unit 50: Competency in Making Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction 323
Unit 51: Competency in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector 327
Unit 52: Competency in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Vehicle Security Systems 331
Unit 53: Competency in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment 337
Further information 341
Useful publications 341
How to obtain National Occupational Standards 341
Professional development and training 342
Annexe A: Progression pathways 343
The Edexcel qualification framework for the Automotive sector 343
Annexe B: Centre certification and registration 347
What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification? 347
Annexe C: Assessment Strategy 349
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
1
Qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
s co
vere
d b
y th
is s
pec
ific
atio
n
This
spec
ific
atio
n g
ives
you t
he
info
rmation y
ou n
eed t
o o
ffer
the
Edex
cel Pr
inci
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
qualif
icat
ions
in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal at
Leve
l 2 a
nd L
evel
3.
Qu
alifi
cati
on
tit
le
Qu
alifi
cati
on
N
um
ber
(QN
) O
pera
tio
nal
start
date
ED
EXCEL
BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma
in A
uto
Ele
ctrica
l an
d M
obile
Ele
ctrica
l Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
501/0
195/X
01/0
9/2
010
ED
EXCEL
Leve
l 2 D
iplo
ma
in A
uto
Ele
ctrica
l an
d M
obile
Ele
ctrica
l Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
501/0
250/3
01/0
9/2
010
ED
EXCEL
BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma
in A
uto
Ele
ctrica
l an
d M
obile
Ele
ctrica
l Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
501/0
198/5
01/0
9/2
010
ED
EXCEL
Leve
l 3 D
iplo
ma
in A
uto
Ele
ctrica
l an
d M
obile
Ele
ctrica
l Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
501/0
251/5
01/0
9/2
010
Thes
e qual
ific
atio
ns
hav
e bee
n a
ccre
dited
within
the
Qual
ific
ations
and C
redit F
ram
ework
(Q
CF)
and a
re e
ligib
le for
public
fu
ndin
g a
s det
erm
ined
by
the
Dep
artm
ent
for
Educa
tion (
DfE
) under
Sec
tion 9
6 o
f th
e Le
arnin
g a
nd S
kills
Act
2000.
The
qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
s lis
ted a
bove
fea
ture
in t
he
fundin
g lis
ts p
ublis
hed
annual
ly b
y th
e D
fE a
nd t
he
regula
rly
updat
ed w
ebsi
te.
They
will
als
o a
ppea
r on t
he
Learn
ing A
im R
efer
ence
Applic
atio
n (
LARA),
wher
e re
leva
nt.
You s
hould
use
the
QCF
Qualif
icat
ion N
um
ber
(Q
N),
when
you w
ish t
o s
eek
public
fundin
g f
or
your
lear
ner
s. E
ach
unit w
ithin
a
qual
ific
ation w
ill a
lso h
ave
a u
niq
ue
QC
F unit r
efer
ence
num
ber
, w
hic
h is
liste
d in t
his
spec
ific
atio
n.
The
QCF
qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
and u
nit r
efer
ence
num
ber
s w
ill a
ppea
r on t
he
lear
ner
s’ f
inal
cer
tifica
tion d
ocu
men
t. L
earn
ers
nee
d t
o
be
made
aw
are
of th
is w
hen
they
are
rec
ruited
by
the
centr
e an
d r
egis
tere
d w
ith E
dex
cel.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
2
Key features of the Edexcel Principles and Competence qualifications in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical (QCF) at Level 2 and Level 3
These qualifications:
are nationally recognised
are based on the Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Installation National Occupational Standards (NOS). The NOS, assessment strategy and qualification structure(s) are owned by the Sector Skills Council, The Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI).
The Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF) and the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF) have been approved as components of the Intermediate apprenticeship framework in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair.
The Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF) and the Edexcel Level 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF) have been approved as component of the Advanced apprenticeship framework in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair.
What is the purpose and benefits of these qualifications?
These qualifications provide learners with flexible access to industry supported Level 2 and 3 skills programmes, which act as a real alternative to academic qualifications for those who prefer this style of learning and achievement. As part of apprenticeship frameworks, the qualification supports learners in providing a career pathway into jobs and training at technician level and higher.
Learners will have the opportunity to learn and demonstrate their skills, knowledge and competence in the removal and replacement of electrical units and components including inspecting, locating and correcting faults, system enhancements, installation and testing; and also the routine installation and testing of new security, audio or navigation equipment and advising customers on different equipment.
Who are these qualifications for?
These qualifications are for all learners aged 16 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards.
Edexcel’s policy is that the qualifications should:
be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression
ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualification(s).
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
3
Centres should be aware that within the Level 2 qualifications in this specification, learners will be required to meet the demands of unit(s) at Level 3. Centres are advised to consider the support, guidance and opportunities they give to learners to meet the demands of the higher level units during delivery and assessment of the qualification.
What are the potential job roles for those working towards these qualifications?
Auto Electrical Technician (Level 2)
Auto Electrical Diagnostic Technician (Level 3)
What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve these qualifications?
Learners can progress on to other Edexcel automotive apprenticeship programmes and/or related qualifications detailed in Annexe A. Other progression routes include; further work or work experience, academic qualification(s) such as one or more GCSEs, Higher Education and or Foundation Degree, or employment into a range of jobs at Level 2 and 3.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
4
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel BTEC Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF)?
In order to achieve this qualification, learners must achieve 70 credits: 29 credits from the 6 mandatory generic units (Group A), 36 credits from the 8 mandatory specialist units (Group B) and a minimum of 5 credits from 1 of the optional groups (Groups D, E or F) ensuring all components of the selected optional unit group are achieved.
Individual units can be found in the Units section.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group A – Mandatory generic units
Learners must achieve 29 credits from this group.
1 D/601/6171 Knowledge of Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
3 2
2 Y/601/7254 Skills in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
7 2
3 T/601/6175 Knowledge of Support for Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
3 3
4 J/601/6262 Skills in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
5 3
5 K/601/6237 Knowledge of Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
4 2
6 Y/601/6279 Skills in Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
7 2
Group B – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 36 credits from this group.
9 K/601/6013 Knowledge of Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
6 2
10 F/601/6034 Skills in Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
5 2
11 F/601/6017
Knowledge in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
6 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
5
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
12 J/601/6035 Skills in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
5 2
13 M/601/6028 Knowledge of Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
1 2
14 T/601/6046 Skills in Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
2 2
15 T/601/3731 Knowledge of Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
6 2
16 T/601/3874 Skills in Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
5 2
Optional Groups
Learners must achieve a minimum of 5 credits from 1 of the optional groups. All sub-components of the chosen group must be completed.
Group D – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 11 credits.
17 L/601/6022
Knowledge of the Overhauling of Electrical Units
6 2
18 R/601/6037 Skills in the Overhauling of Electrical Units
5 2
Group E – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 6 credits.
19 K/601/6027 Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
20 H/601/6043 Skills in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
Group F – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 5 credits.
21 F/601/3747 Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
2 2
22 K/601/3869 Skills in Removing and Fitting of Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
6
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF)?
In order to achieve this qualification, learners must achieve 88 credits: 29 credits from the 6 mandatory generic units (Group A), 52 credits from the 8 mandatory specialist units (Group B) and a minimum of 7 credits from 1 of the optional groups (Groups D, E or F) ensuring all components of the selected optional unit group are achieved.
Individual units can be found in the Units section.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group A – Mandatory generic units
Learners must achieve 29 credits from this group.
7 A/601/6338 Competency in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
7 2
1 D/601/6171 Knowledge of Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
3 2
8 K/601/6366 Competency in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
5 3
3 T/601/6175 Knowledge of Support for Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
3 3
5 K/601/6237 Knowledge of Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
4 2
6 Y/601/6279 Skills in Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
7 2
Group B – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 52 credits from this group.
23 H/601/6057 Competency in Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
10 2
9 K/601/6013 Knowledge of Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
6 2
24 K/601/6061 Competency in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
10 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
7
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
11 F/601/6017 Knowledge in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
6 2
25 K/601/6108 Competency in Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
3 2
13 M/601/6028 Knowledge of Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
1 2
26 Y/601/3771 Competency in Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
10 2
15 T/601/3731 Knowledge of Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
6 2
Optional Groups
Learners must achieve a minimum of 7 credits from 1 of the optional groups. All sub-components of the chosen group must be completed.
Group D – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 16 credits.
27 J/601/6066 Competency in the Overhauling of Electrical Units
10 2
17 L/601/6022 Knowledge of the Overhauling of Electrical Units
6 2
Group E – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 8 credits.
28 D/601/6106 Competency in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
5 2
19 K/601/6027 Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
Group F – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 7 credits.
29 J/601/3751 Competency in Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
5 2
21 F/601/3747 Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
2 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
8
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles (QCF)?
In order to achieve this qualification, learners must achieve a minimum of 62 credits: 29 credits from the 6 mandatory generic units (Group A), 14 credits from the 4 mandatory specialist units (Group B). In addition learners must take either pathway C specialising in Auto Electrician units (26 credits) or pathway E specialising in Aftermarket Enhancement units (19 credits).
Pathway C-Auto Electrical Technician: If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 22 credits from 4 mandatory specialist units (Group C1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups (D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6 or D7) to achieve a minimum total of 69 credits.
Pathway E-Auto Electrician Aftermarket Enhancement Technician: If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 15 credits from 4 mandatory specialist units (Group E1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups (F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 or F7) to achieve a minimum total of 62 credits.
Individual units can be found in the Units section.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group A – Mandatory generic units
Learners must achieve 29 credits from this group.
1 D/601/6171 Knowledge of Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
3 2
2 Y/601/7254 Skills in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
7 2
3 T/601/6175 Knowledge of Support for Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
3 3
4 J/601/6262 Skills in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
5 3
5 K/601/6237 Knowledge of Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
4 2
6 Y/601/6279 Skills in Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
7 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
9
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group B – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 14 credits from this group.
30 A/601/3746 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
6 3
31 H/601/3868 Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
5 3
13 M/601/6028 Knowledge of Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
1 2
14 T/601/6046 Skills in Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
2 2
Pathway C-Auto Electrical Technician:
If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 22 credits from 4 mandatory specialist units (Group C1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional group (Groups D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6 or D7) to achieve a minimum total of 69 credits.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group C1 – Mandatory specialist units (Auto Electrical)
Learners must achieve 22 credits from this group.
32 K/503/6879 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults
6 3
33 Y/601/6038 Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Engine Electrical Faults
5 3
34 Y/601/6024 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
6 3
35 Y/601/6041 Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
5 3
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
10
Optional Groups
Learners must achieve a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups. All sub-components of the chosen group must be completed.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group D1 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
36 T/601/6242 Knowledge of How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
37 Y/601/6282 Skills in How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
Group D2 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
38 R/601/6247 Knowledge of How to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
39 M/601/6286 Skills to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
Group D3 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 4 credits.
40 M/601/6255 Knowledge of Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
41 T/601/6337 Skills in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
Group D4 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 6 credits.
19 K/601/6027 Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
20 H/601/6043 Skills in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
11
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group D5 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 11 credits.
42 T/601/6029 Knowledge of the Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
6 3
43 A/601/6050 Skills in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
5 3
Group D6 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 4 credits.
44 M/601/6031 Knowledge of Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
2 3
45 L/601/6053 Skills in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
2 3
Group D7 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 5 credits.
21 F/601/3747 Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
2 2
22 K/601/3869 Skills in Removing and Fitting of Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
12
Pathway E-Auto Electrician Aftermarket Enhancement Technician:
If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 15 credits from 4 mandatory specialist units (Group E1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional group (Groups F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 or F7) to achieve a minimum total of 62 credits.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group E1 – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 15 credits from this group.
42 T/601/6029 Knowledge of the Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
6 3
43 A/601/6050 Skills in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
5 3
44 M/601/6031 Knowledge of Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
2 3
45 L/601/6053 Skills in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
2 3
Optional Groups
Learners must achieve a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups. All sub-components of the chosen group must be completed.
Group F1 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
36 T/601/6242 Knowledge of how to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
37 Y/601/6282 Skills in how to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
Group F2 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
38 R/601/6247 Knowledge of how to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
39 M/601/6286 Skills to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
13
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group F3 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 4 credits.
40 M/601/6255 Knowledge of Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
41 T/601/6337 Skills in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
Group F4 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 11 credits.
32 K/503/6879 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults
6 3
33 Y/601/6038 Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Engine Electrical Faults
5 3
Group F5 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 11 credits.
34 Y/601/6024 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
6 3
35 Y/601/6041 Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
5 3
Group F6 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 6 credits.
19 K/601/6027 Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
20 H/601/6043 Skills in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
14
Group F7 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 5 credits.
21 F/601/3747 Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
2 2
22 K/601/3869 Skills in Removing and Fitting of Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
15
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Competence (QCF)?
In order to achieve the qualification candidates must achieve a minimum of 76 credits: 29 credits from the 6 mandatory generic units (Group A), 20 credits from the 4 mandatory specialist units (Group B). In addition learners must take either pathway C specialising in Auto Electrician units (36 credits) or pathway E specialising in Aftermarket Enhancement units (27 credits).
Pathway C-Auto Electrical Technician: If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 32 credits from 4 mandatory specialist units (Group C1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups (D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6 or D7) to achieve a minimum total of 85 credits.
Pathway E-Auto Electrician Aftermarket Enhancement Technician: If this pathway is chosen, learners complete 23 credits from 4 mandatory specialist units (Group E1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups (F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 or F7) to achieve a minimum total of 76 credits.
Individual units can be found in the Units section.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group A – Mandatory generic units
Learners must achieve 29 credits from this group.
7 A/601/6338 Competency in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
7 2
1 D/601/6171 Knowledge of Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
3 2
8 K/601/6366 Competency in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
5 3
3 T/601/6175 Knowledge of Support for Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
3 3
5 K/601/6237 Knowledge of Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
4 2
6 Y/601/6279 Skills in Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
7 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
16
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group B – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 20 credits from this group.
46 L/601/3749 Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
10 3
30 A/601/3746 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
6 3
25 K/601/6108 Competency in Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
3 2
13 M/601/6028 Knowledge of Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
1 2
Pathway C-Auto Electrical Technician:
If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 32 credits from 4 Mandatory specialist units (Group C1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups (Group D1/D2/D3/D4/D5/D6/D7)
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group C1 – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 32 credits from this group.
47 Y/601/6069 Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Engine Electrical Faults
10 3
32 K/503/6879 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults
6 3
48 L/503/6924 Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
10 3
34 Y/601/6024 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
6 3
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
17
Optional Groups
Learners must achieve a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups. All sub-components of the chosen group must be completed.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group D1 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
49 K/601/6383 Competency in Identifying and Agreeing Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
38 R/601/6247 Knowledge of How to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
Group D2 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
50 Y/601/6380 Competency in Making Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
36 T/601/6242 Knowledge of How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
Group D3 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 4 credits.
40 M/601/6255 Knowledge of Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
51 R/601/6393 Competency in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
Group D4 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 8 credits.
28 D/601/6106 Competency in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
5 2
19 K/601/6027 Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
18
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group D5 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 16 credits.
52 H/601/6110 Competency in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
10 3
42 T/601/6029 Knowledge of the Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
6 3
Group D6 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 7 credits.
53 M/601/6112 Competency in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
5 3
44 M/601/6031 Knowledge of Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
2 3
Group D7 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 7 credits.
29 J/601/3751 Competency in Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
5 2
21 F/601/3747 Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
2 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
19
Pathway E-Auto Electrician Aftermarket Enhancement Technician:
If this pathway is chosen, learners must complete 23 credits from 4 Mandatory specialist units (Group E1) and a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups (Group F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6 or F7)
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group E1 – Mandatory specialist units
Learners must achieve 23 credits from this group.
52 H/601/6110 Competency in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
10 3
42 T/601/6029 Knowledge of the Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
6 3
53 M/601/6112 Competency in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
5 3
44 M/601/6031 Knowledge of Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
2 3
Optional Groups
Learners must achieve a minimum of 4 credits from 1 of the optional groups. All sub-components of the chosen group must be completed.
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group F1 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
50 Y/601/6380 Competency in Making Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
36 T/601/6242 Knowledge of how to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
5 3
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
20
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group F2 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 10 credits.
49 K/601/6383 Competency in Identifying and Agreeing Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
38 R/601/6247 Knowledge of How to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
5 3
Group F3 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 4 credits.
40 M/601/6255 Knowledge of Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 2
51 R/601/6393 Competency in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
2 9
Group F4 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 16 credits.
47 Y/601/6069 Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Engine Electrical Faults
10 3
32 K/503/6879 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults
6 3
Group F5 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 16 credits.
48 L/503/6924 Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
10 3
34 Y/601/6024 Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
6 3
Group F6 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 8 credits.
28 D/601/6106 Competency in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
5 2
19 K/601/6027 Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
3 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
21
Unit Number
Unit Reference Number
Unit Title Credit Level
Group F7 – Optional units
If this group is chosen, learners must achieve 7 credits.
29 J/601/3751 Competency in Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
5 2
21 F/601/3747 Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
2 2
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
22
How are the qualifications graded and assessed?
The overall grade for the qualifications is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units within the specified qualification structure.
To pass a unit the learner must:
achieve all the specified learning outcomes
satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid evidence for each criterion
show that the evidence is their own.
The qualifications are designed to be assessed:
in the workplace or
in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the assessment requirements/strategy for the sector, or
as part of a training programme.
Assessment strategy for Competence based qualifications (VCQs)
The assessment strategy for the competence qualifications (VCQ) has been included in Annexe C. It has been developed by IMI in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The assessment strategy includes details on:
criteria for defining realistic working environments
roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses, internal verifiers and standards verifiers
quality control of assessment
evidence requirements.
Evidence of competence may come from:
current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role
a programme of development where evidence comes from assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace
the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification
a combination of these.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
23
It is important that the evidence is:
Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed
Authentic produced by the learner
Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim
Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level
Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.
Types of evidence
To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the examples below. Centres should refer to the assessment strategy for information about which of the following are permissible.
Centres should also refer to the assessment strategy (for competence based qualifications (VCQs) and the assessment requirements/evidence requirements section within each individual unit.
direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor (O)
outcomes from oral or written questioning (Q&A)
products of the learner’s work (P)
personal statements and/or reflective accounts (RA)
outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the assessment strategy (S)
professional discussion (PD)
assignment, project/case studies (A)
authentic statements/witness testimony (WT)
expert witness testimony (EWT)
evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL).
The abbreviations may be used for cross-referencing purposes.
Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates.
Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
24
Centre recognition and approval
Centre recognition
Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application.
Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.
Approvals agreement
All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.
Quality assurance
Quality assurance is at the heart of vocational qualifications. Assessment on BTEC and Competency qualifications is completed by your centre. You use quality assurance to ensure that your managers, internal verifiers and assessors are standardised and supported. We use quality assurance to check that all centres are working to national standards. It gives us the opportunity to identify and provide support where it is needed in order to safeguard certification. It also allows us to recognise and support good practice.
For the qualifications in this specification, the Edexcel quality assurance model will follow one of the three processes listed below.
1 Delivery of the Competence and Principles qualifications as part of a BTEC apprenticeship (single click registration)
integrated annual visits by a Standards Verifier to review centre-wide quality assurance systems and sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
25
2 Delivery of the Competence qualification outside the apprenticeship
annual visits to centres by a Centre Quality Reviewer to review centre-wide quality assurance systems
annual visits by a Standards Verifier for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the qualification
3 Delivery of the Principles qualification outside the apprenticeship
annual visits to centres by a Centre Quality Reviewer to review centre-wide quality assurance systems
Lead Internal Verifier accreditation. This involves online training and standardisation of Lead Internal Verifiers using our OSCA platform, accessed via Edexcel Online. Please note that not all qualifications are covered by Lead Internal Verifier accreditation. Where this is the case we will annually allocate a Standards Verifier to conduct postal sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the Principal Subject Area.
For further details, go to the UK BTEC Quality Assurance Handbook 2011-12 http://www.edexcel.com/quals/BTEC/quality/Pages/documents.aspx
What resources are required?
Each qualification is designed to support learners working in the automotive sector. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualifications and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard.
For competence based qualifications (VCQs), centres must meet any specific resource and staff requirements outlined in Annexe C: Assessment strategy.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
26
Unit format
Each unit in this specification contains the following sections.
Unit title:
Unit reference number:
QCF level:
Credit value:
Guided learning hours:
Unit summary:
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:
Learning outcomes:
Assessment criteria:
Evidence type:
Portfolio reference:
Date:
The unit title is approved on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).
All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.
All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.
A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.
This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.
The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.
Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.
The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.
Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.
The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.
The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.
This code is a unique reference number for the unit.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
27
Units
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
28
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
29
Unit 1: Knowledge of Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
Unit reference number: D/601/6171
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of:
routine maintenance and cleaning of the automotive environment and using resources economically
health and safety legislation and duties of everyone in the motor vehicle environment. It will provide an appreciation of significant risks in the automotive environment and how to identify and deal with them. Once completed the learner will be able to identify hazards and evaluate and reduce risk.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Economic use of Resources
a consumable materials eg grease, oils, split pins, locking and fastening devices etc
Requirement to maintain work area effectively
a cleaning tools and equipment to maximise workplace efficiency
b requirement to carry out the housekeeping activities safely and in a way that minimises inconvenience to customers and staff
c risks involved when using solvents and detergents
d advantages of good housekeeping
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
30
Spillages, leaks and waste materials
a relevance of safe systems of work to the storage and disposal of waste materials
b requirement to store and dispose of waste, used materials and debris correctly
c safe disposal of special/hazardous waste materials
d advantages of recycling waste materials
e dealing with spillages and leaks
Basic legislative requirements
a Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations 1992
b Power Presses Regulations 1992
c Pressure Systems and Transportable Gas Containers Regulations 1989
d Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
e Noise at Work Regulations 1989
f Manual Handling Operations Regulations 1992
g Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations 1992
h Abrasive Wheel Regulations (current)
i Safe Working Loads
j Working at Height Regulations (current)
Routine maintenance of the workplace
a trainees personal responsibilities and limits of their authority with regard to work equipment
b risk assessment of the workplace activities and work equipment
c workplace person responsible for training and maintenance of workplace equipment
d when and why safety equipment must be used
e location of safety equipment
f particular hazards associated with their work area and equipment
g prohibited areas
h plant and machinery that trainees must not use or operate
i why and how faults on unsafe equipment should be reported
j storing tools, equipment and products safely and appropriately
k using the correct PPE
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
31
l following manufacturers’ recommendations
m location of routine maintenance information eg electrical safety check log
Legislation relevant to health and safety
a HASAWA
b COSHH
c EPA
d Manual Handling Operations Regulations 1992
e PPE Regulations 1992
General regulations to include an awareness of:
a Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations 1992
b Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations 1981
c Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations 1996
d Health and Safety (Consultation with Employees) Regulations 1996
e Employers Liability (Compulsory Insurance) Act 1969 and Regulations 1998
f Confined Spaces Regulations 1997
g Noise at Work Regulations 1989
h Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
i Electricity (Safety) Regulations 1994
j Fire Precautions Act 1971
k Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 1985
l Pressure Systems Safety Regulations 2000
m Waste Management 1991
n Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations
o (DSEAR) 2002
p Control of Asbestos at Work Regulations 2002
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
32
Legislative duties
a the purpose of a health and safety policy
b the relevance of the Health and Safety Executive
c the relevance of an initial induction to health and safety requirements at your workplace
d general employee responsibilities under the HASAWA and the consequences of non-compliance
e general employer responsibilities under the HASAWA and the consequences of non-compliance
f the limits of authority with regard to health and safety within a personal job role
g workplace procedure to be followed to report health and safety matters
Precautions to be taken when working with vehicles, workshop materials, tools and equipment including
a electrical safety, pneumatics and hydraulics
b accessing and interpreting safety information
c seeking advice when needed
d seeking assistance when required
e reporting of unsafe equipment
f storing tools, equipment and products safely and appropriately
g using the correct PPE
h following manufacturers recommendations
i following application procedures eg hazardous substances
j the correct selection and use of extraction equipment
PPE to include:
a typical maintenance procedures for PPE equipment to include:
i typical maintenance log ii cleaning procedures iii filter maintenance iv variation in glove types v air quality checks
b choice and fitting procedures for masks and air breathing equipment
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
33
c typical workplace processes which would require the use of PPE to include:
i welding ii sanding and grinding iii filling iv panel removal and replacement v drilling vi cutting vii chiselling viii removal of broken glass ix removal of rubber seals from fire damaged vehicles x removal of hypodermic needles xi servicing activities xii roadside recovery
d unserviceable PPE
e PPE required for a range automotive repair activities. To include appropriate protection of:
i eyes ii ears iii head iv skin v feet vi hands vii lungs
Fire and extinguishers
a classification of fire types
b using a fire extinguisher effectively. Types of extinguishers:
i foam ii dry powder iii CO2 iv water v fire blanket
Action to be taken in the event of a fire to include:
a the procedure as:
i raise the alarm ii fight fire only if appropriate iii evacuate building iv call for assistance
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
34
Product warning labels to include:
a reasons for placing warning labels on containers
b warning labels in common use, to include:
i toxic ii corrosive iii poisonous iv harmful v irritant vi flammable vii explosive
Warning signs and notices
a colours used for warning signs:
i red ii blue iii green
b shapes and meaning of warning signs:
i round ii triangular iii square
c the meaning of prohibitive warning signs in common use
d the meaning of mandatory warning signs in common use
e the meaning of warning notices in common use
f general design of safe place warning signs
Hazards and risks to include:
a the difference between a risk and a hazard
b potential risks resulting from:
i the use and maintenance of machinery or equipment ii the use of materials or substances iii accidental breakages and spillages iv unsafe behaviour v working practices that do not conform to laid down policies vi environmental factors vii personal presentation viii unauthorised personal, customers, contractors etc entering your
work premises ix working by the roadside x vehicle recovery
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
35
c the employee’s responsibilities in identifying and reporting risks within their working environment
d the method of reporting risks that are outside your limits of authority
e potential causes of:
i fire ii explosion iii noise iv harmful fumes v slips vi trips vii falling objects viii accidents whilst dealing with broken down vehicles
Personal responsibilities
a the purpose of workplace policies and procedures on:
i the use of safe working methods and equipment ii the safe use of hazardous substances iii smoking, eating, drinking and drugs iv emergency procedures v personal appearance
b the importance of personal appearance in the control of health and safety
Action to be taken in the event of colleagues suffering accidents
a the typical sequence of events following the discovery of an accident such as:
i make the area safe ii remove hazards if appropriate ie switch off power iii administer minor first aid iv take appropriate action to re-assure the injured party v raise the alarm vi get help vii report on the accident
b typical examples of first aid which can be administered by persons at the scene of an accident:
i check for consciousness ii stem bleeding iii keep the injured person’s airways free iv place in the recovery position if injured person is unconscious v issue plasters for minor cuts vi action to prevent shock ie keep the injured party warm
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
36
vii administer water for minor burns or chemical injuries viii wash eyes with water to remove dust or ingress of chemicals
(battery acid) ix need to seek professional help for serious injuries
c examples of bad practice which may result in further injury such as:
i moving the injured party ii removing foreign objects from wounds or eyes iii inducing vomiting iv straightening deformed limbs
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
37
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
wea
ring t
he
types
of
PPE r
equired
for
a r
ange
auto
motive
rep
air
activi
ties
1.2
id
entify
veh
icle
pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t fo
r a
range
of
repai
r act
ivitie
s
1
Under
stan
d t
he
corr
ect
per
sonal
an
d v
ehic
le p
rote
ctiv
e eq
uip
men
t to
be
use
d w
ithin
the
auto
motive
en
viro
nm
ent
1.3
des
crib
e ve
hic
le a
nd p
erso
nal
saf
ety
consi
der
ations
when
work
ing a
t th
e ro
adsi
de
2.1
des
crib
e w
hy
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
should
be
pro
per
ly c
lean
ed a
nd m
ainta
ined
2.2
des
crib
e re
quirem
ents
and s
yste
ms
whic
h
may
be
put
in p
lace
to e
nsu
re a
cle
an
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
2.3
des
crib
e how
to m
inim
ise
was
te w
hen
usi
ng
utilit
ies
and c
onsu
mable
s
2.4
st
ate
the
pro
cedure
s and p
reca
utions
nec
essa
ry w
hen
cle
anin
g a
nd m
ainta
inin
g a
n
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
2.5
des
crib
e th
e se
lect
ion a
nd u
se o
f cl
eanin
g
equip
men
t w
hen
dea
ling w
ith g
ener
al
clea
nin
g,
spill
ages
and lea
ks in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
2
Under
stan
d e
ffec
tive
house
keep
ing p
ract
ices
in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
2.6
des
crib
e pro
cedure
s fo
r co
rrec
t dis
posa
l of
was
te m
ater
ials
fro
m a
n a
uto
motive
en
viro
nm
ent
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
38
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
des
crib
e pro
cedure
s fo
r st
arting a
nd e
ndin
g
the
work
ing d
ay w
hic
h e
nsu
re e
ffec
tive
house
keep
ing p
ract
ices
are
follo
wed
3.1
lis
t th
e m
ain
leg
isla
tion r
elat
ing t
o
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y
3.2
des
crib
e th
e gen
eral
leg
al d
uties
of
emplo
yers
and e
mplo
yees
req
uired
by
curr
ent
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y le
gis
lation
3.3
des
crib
e ke
y, c
urr
ent
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty
requirem
ents
rel
atin
g t
o t
he
auto
motive
en
viro
nm
ent
3
Under
stan
d k
ey h
ealth a
nd s
afe
ty
requirem
ents
rel
evant
to t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
3.4
des
crib
e w
hy
work
pla
ce p
olic
ies
and
pro
cedure
s re
lating t
o h
ealth a
nd s
afe
ty a
re
import
ant
4.1
id
entify
key
haz
ard
s an
d r
isks
in a
n
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
4.2
des
crib
e polic
ies
and p
roce
dure
s fo
r re
port
ing
haz
ards,
ris
ks,
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y m
att
ers
in
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
4.3
st
ate
pre
cautions
and p
roce
dure
s w
hic
h n
eed
to b
e ta
ken w
hen
work
ing w
ith v
ehic
les,
as
soci
ate
d m
ater
ials
, to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
4
Under
stan
d a
bout
haza
rds
and
pote
ntial
ris
ks r
elev
ant
to t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
4.4
id
entify
fir
e ex
tinguis
her
s in
com
mon u
se a
nd
whic
h t
ypes
of
fire
they
should
be
use
d o
n
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
39
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.5
id
entify
key
war
nin
g s
igns
and t
hei
r ch
arac
terist
ics
that
are
found in t
he
vehic
le
repai
r en
viro
nm
ent
4.6
st
ate
the
mea
nin
g o
f co
mm
on p
roduct
w
arnin
g label
s use
d in a
n a
uto
motive
en
viro
nm
ent
5.1
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of per
sonal
conduct
in
mai
nta
inin
g t
he
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y of
the
indiv
idual
and o
ther
s
5
Under
stan
d p
erso
nal
resp
onsi
bili
ties
5.2
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of per
sonal
pre
senta
tion in m
ainta
inin
g h
ealth s
afet
y an
d
wel
fare
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
40
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
41
Unit 2: Skills in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
Unit reference number: Y/601/7254
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 7
Guided learning hours: 60
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to develop the skills required to:
carry out day to day work area cleaning, clearing away, dealing with spillages and disposal of waste, used materials and debris
identify hazards and risks in the automotive environment and complying with relevant legislation and good practice
work safely at all times within the automotive environment, both as an individual and with others.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence of use of personal and vehicle protection, cleaning the work environment and disposal of waste on 2 separate occasions
5 produce evidence of identifying risks which may result from at least 2 of the items listed below:
a the use and maintenance of machinery or equipment
b the use of materials or substances
c working practices which do not conform to laid down policies
d unsafe behaviour
e accidental breakages and spillages
f environmental factors
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
42
6 produce evidence of identifying risks
7 produce evidence of following at least 2 of the workplace policies listed below:
a he use of safe working methods and equipment
b the safe use of hazardous substances
c smoking, eating, drinking and drugs
d what to do in the event of an emergency
e personal presentation
8 produce evidence of following workplace policies.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
43
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
se
lect
and u
se p
erso
nal
pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t th
roughout
activi
ties
. To incl
ude
appro
priate
pro
tect
ion o
f:
a ey
es
b
ears
c hea
d
d
skin
e fe
et
f han
ds
g
lungs
1
Be
able
to u
se c
orr
ect
per
sonal
and v
ehic
le
pro
tect
ion w
ithin
the
auto
motive
en
viro
nm
ent
1.2
se
lect
and u
se v
ehic
le p
rote
ctiv
e eq
uip
men
t th
roughout
all ac
tivi
ties
2.1
se
lect
and u
se c
lean
ing e
quip
men
t w
hic
h is
of
the
right
type
and s
uitab
le for
the
task
2
Be
able
to c
arry
out
effe
ctiv
e house
keep
ing
pra
ctic
es in t
he
auto
motive
en
viro
nm
ent
2.2
use
utilit
ies
and a
ppro
priat
e co
nsu
mab
les,
av
oid
ing w
aste
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
44
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.3
use
mat
eria
ls a
nd e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
clea
nin
g a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce d
uties
in a
lloca
ted
work
are
as,
follo
win
g a
uto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
polic
ies,
sch
edule
s an
d
man
ufa
cture
r’s
inst
ruct
ions
2.4
per
form
house
keep
ing a
ctiv
itie
s sa
fely
and in a
w
ay w
hic
h m
inim
izes
inco
nve
nie
nce
to
cust
om
ers
and s
taff
2.5
ke
ep t
he
work
are
a c
lean
and fre
e fr
om
deb
ris
and w
aste
mat
eria
ls
2.6
ke
ep t
ools
and e
quip
men
t fit
for
purp
ose
by
regula
r cl
eanin
g a
nd k
eepin
g t
idy
2.7
dis
pose
of
use
d c
lean
ing a
gen
ts,
was
te m
ate
rial
s an
d d
ebris
to c
om
ply
with leg
al an
d w
ork
pla
ce
requirem
ents
3.1
nam
e an
d loca
te t
he
resp
onsi
ble
per
sons
for
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty in t
hei
r re
leva
nt
work
pla
ce
3.2
id
entify
and r
eport
work
ing p
ract
ices
and
haz
ards
whic
h c
ould
be
har
mfu
l to
them
selv
es o
r oth
ers
3
Be
able
to r
ecognis
e an
d d
eal w
ith d
anger
s in
ord
er t
o w
ork
sa
fely
within
the
auto
motive
work
pla
ce
3.3
ca
rry
out
safe
work
ing p
ract
ices
whils
t w
ork
ing
with e
quip
men
t, m
ate
rial
s an
d p
roduct
s in
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
45
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.4
re
ctify
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
isks
enco
unte
red a
t w
ork
, w
ithin
the
scope
and c
apabili
ty o
f th
eir
job
role
4.1
sh
ow
per
sonal co
nduct
in t
he
work
pla
ce w
hic
h
does
not
endan
ger
the
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty o
f th
emse
lves
or
oth
ers
4
B
e a
ble
to
co
nd
uct
th
em
selv
es
resp
on
sib
ly
4.2
dis
pla
y su
itab
le p
erso
nal
pre
senta
tion a
t w
ork
w
hic
h e
nsu
res
the
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y of
them
selv
es a
nd o
ther
s at
work
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
46
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
47
Unit 3: Knowledge of Support for Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
Unit reference number: T/601/6175
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 20
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of how to keep good working relationships with all colleagues in the automotive work environment by using effective communication and support skills.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The structure of a typical vehicle repair business
a how these areas relate to each other within the business
i body shop ii vehicle repair workshop iii paint shop iv valeting v vehicle parts store vi main office vii vehicle sales viii reception
b sources of information
i other staff ii manuals iii parts lists iv computer software and the internet v manufacturer vi diagnostic equipment
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
48
Communication requirements when carrying out vehicle repairs
a locating and using correct documentation and information for:
i recording vehicle maintenance and repairs ii vehicle specifications iii component specifications iv oil and fluid specifications v equipment and tools vi identification codes
b procedures for:
i referral of problems ii reporting delays iii additional work identified during repair or maintenance iv keeping others informed of progress
Methods of communication
a verbal
b signs and notices
c memos
d telephone
e electronic mail
f vehicle job card
g notice boards
h SMS text messaging
i letters
Organisational and customer requirements:
a importance of time scales to customer and organization
b relationship between time and costs
c meaning of profit
Choice of communication
a distance
b location
c job responsibility
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
49
Importance of maintaining positive working relationships
a morale
b productivity
c company image
d customer relationships
e colleagues
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
50
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
the
purp
ose
of diffe
rent
sect
ions
of a
typic
al a
uto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
1.2
ex
pla
in o
rgan
isat
ional
str
uct
ure
s an
d lin
es o
f co
mm
unic
atio
n w
ithin
the
auto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
1
Under
stan
d k
ey o
rganis
atio
nal
st
ruct
ure
s, funct
ions
and r
ole
s w
ithin
the
auto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
1.3
ex
pla
in lev
els
of re
sponsi
bili
ty w
ithin
spec
ific
jo
b r
ole
s in
auto
motive
work
pla
ce.
To
incl
ude:
a tr
ainee
b
skill
ed t
echnic
ian
c su
per
viso
r
d
man
ager
2.1
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
diffe
rent
sourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n in a
auto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to f
ind,
inte
rpre
t an
d u
se
rele
vant
sourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n
2.3
des
crib
e th
e m
ain leg
al r
equirem
ents
rel
ating
to t
he
vehic
le,
incl
udin
g r
oad s
afe
ty
requirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d t
he
import
ance
of
obta
inin
g,
inte
rpre
ting a
nd u
sing
info
rmat
ion in o
rder
to s
upport
th
eir
job r
ole
within
the
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
2.4
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of w
ork
ing t
o
reco
gnis
ed p
roce
dure
s an
d p
roce
sses
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
51
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
ex
pla
in w
hen
rep
lace
men
t units
and
com
ponen
ts m
ust
mee
t th
e m
anufa
cture
rs’
origin
al eq
uip
men
t sp
ecific
atio
n
2.6
ex
pla
in t
he
purp
ose
of how
to u
se
iden
tifica
tion c
odes
3.1
ex
pla
in w
her
e diffe
rent
met
hods
of
com
munic
atio
n w
ould
be
use
d w
ithin
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
3.2
ex
pla
in t
he
fact
ors
whic
h c
an d
eter
min
e yo
ur
choic
e of
com
munic
ation
3
Under
stan
d t
he
import
ance
of
diffe
rent
types
of
com
munic
atio
n
within
the
auto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
3.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
the
com
munic
atio
n o
f in
form
atio
n c
an c
han
ge
with t
he
targ
et
audie
nce
to incl
ude
unin
form
ed a
nd info
rmed
peo
ple
4.1
ex
pla
in h
ow
to r
eport
usi
ng w
ritt
en a
nd
verb
al co
mm
unic
atio
n
4.2
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of docu
men
ting
info
rmat
ion r
elating t
o w
ork
car
ried
out
in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
4
Under
stan
d c
om
munic
atio
n
requirem
ents
when
car
ryin
g o
ut
vehic
le r
epai
rs in t
he
auto
motive
w
ork
envi
ronm
ent
4.3
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of w
ork
ing t
o a
gre
ed
tim
esca
les
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
52
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
des
crib
e how
to d
evel
op p
osi
tive
work
ing
rela
tionsh
ips
with c
olle
agues
and c
ust
om
ers
5.2
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of dev
elopin
g p
osi
tive
w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
5.3
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
acce
pting o
ther
peo
ple
s’ v
iew
s an
d o
pin
ions
5
Under
stan
d h
ow
to d
evel
op g
ood
work
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
with
colle
agues
and c
ust
om
ers
in t
he
auto
motive
work
pla
ce
5.4
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of m
aki
ng a
nd
honouring r
ealis
tic
com
mitm
ents
to
colle
agues
and c
ust
om
ers
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
53
Unit 4: Skills in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
Unit reference number: J/601/6262
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner develop the skills required to keep good working relationships with all colleagues and customers in the automotive work environment by using effective communication and support.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy
4 produce witness testimony from your peers and supervisor or tutor that you have worked well with others
5 produce evidence carrying out the above whilst performing your normal duties.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
54
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
re
spond p
rom
ptly
and w
illin
gly
to r
eques
ts
for
assi
stan
ce f
rom
cust
om
ers
and
colle
agues
1
Be
able
to w
ork
eff
ective
ly w
ithin
th
e org
anis
atio
nal
str
uct
ure
of
the
auto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
1.2
re
fer
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
to t
he
corr
ect
per
son s
hould
req
ues
ts fal
l outs
ide
thei
r re
sponsi
bili
ty a
nd c
apab
ility
2
Be
able
to o
bta
in a
nd u
se
info
rmat
ion in o
rder
to s
upport
th
eir
job r
ole
within
the
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
and u
se leg
al a
nd t
echnic
al
info
rmat
ion,
in a
n a
uto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
3.1
use
met
hods
of
com
munic
atio
n w
ith
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
whic
h m
eet
thei
r nee
ds
3.2
giv
e cu
stom
ers
and c
olle
agues
acc
ura
te
info
rmat
ion
3
Be
able
to c
om
munic
ate
with
and s
upport
colle
agues
and
cust
om
ers
effe
ctiv
ely
within
the
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
3.3
m
ake
reques
ts for
assi
stan
ce fro
m o
r to
cu
stom
ers
and c
olle
agues
cle
arly
and
court
eousl
y
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
55
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
co
ntr
ibute
to t
eam
work
by
initia
ting idea
s an
d c
o-o
per
atin
g w
ith c
ust
om
ers
and
colle
agues
4.2
tr
eat
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
in a
way
w
hic
h s
how
s re
spec
t fo
r th
eir
view
s an
d
opin
ions
4.3
m
ake
and k
eep a
chie
vable
com
mitm
ents
to
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
4
Be
able
to d
evel
op a
nd k
eep
good w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
in t
he
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
4.4
in
form
colle
agues
pro
mptly
of anyt
hin
g
likel
y to
aff
ect
thei
r ow
n w
ork
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
56
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
57
Unit 5: Knowledge of Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
Unit reference number: K/601/6237
QCF level: Level 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of:
the correct selection, care and use of key hand tools and measuring devices for modification, fabrication and repair in the automotive environment
the correct preparation and use of common automotive environment equipment
the correct selection and fabrication of materials used when modifying and repairing
the correct application of automotive engineering fabrication and fitting principles.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Common types of hand tools used for fabricating and fitting in the automotive workplace. To include:
a files
b hacksaws and snips
c hammers
d screwdrivers
e pliers
f spanners
g sockets
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
58
h punches
i types of drill and drill bits
j taps and dies
k stud removers
l marking out tools
Common measuring devices used for fabrication and fitting in the automotive workplace. To include:
a rule/tape
b callipers
c feeler gauge
d volume measures
e micrometer
f dial gauges
g torque wrenches
h depth gauges
Common electrical measuring tools used in the repair of vehicles and components. To include:
a ammeter
b voltmeter
c ohmmeter
d multi-meter
Common electrical terms when measuring:
a voltage
b current
c resistance
Workshop equipment (including appropriate PPE). To include:
a hydraulic jacks
b axle stands
c pillar drills
d air tools
e vehicle lifts
f cranes
g hoists
h electrical power tools
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
59
Properties, application and limitations (to include safe use) of ferrous and non-ferrous metals used when constructing, modifying and repairing vehicles and components. Materials to include:
a carbon steels
b alloy steels
c cast iron
d aluminium alloys
e brass
f copper
g lead
Properties, application and limitations (to include safe use) of non-metallic materials used when constructing, modifying and repairing vehicles and components. Materials to include:
a glass
b plastics (inc. GRP)
c Kevlar
d rubber
Terms relating to the properties of materials. To include:
a hardness
b toughness
c ductility
d elasticity
e tenacity
f malleability
g plasticity
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
60
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
and e
xpla
in t
he
use
of
com
mon t
ypes
of han
d t
ools
use
d for
fabrica
ting a
nd f
itting
in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.2
id
entify
and e
xpla
in t
he
use
of
com
mon
mea
suring d
evic
es u
sed for
fabrica
tion a
nd
fitt
ing in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.3
des
crib
e, w
ithin
the
scope
of
thei
r re
sponsi
bili
ties
, how
to s
elec
t, p
repar
e and
mai
nta
in h
and t
ools
, m
easu
ring d
evic
es a
nd
PPE
use
d for
fabrica
tion,
repai
r an
d fitting in
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.4
st
ate
the
limitat
ions
of
com
mon h
and t
ools
an
d m
easu
ring d
evic
es u
sed f
or
fabrica
ting,
repai
r an
d f
itting in t
he
auto
motive
work
pla
ce
1.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
com
mon h
and t
ools
and
mea
suring d
evic
es u
sed for
fabrica
ting,
repai
r an
d fitting in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
should
be
store
d a
nd m
ainta
ined
1.6
id
entify
com
mon e
lect
rica
l m
easu
ring t
ools
use
d in t
he
repair o
f ve
hic
les
and
com
ponen
ts
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to s
elec
t, u
se
and c
are
for
han
d t
ools
and
mea
suri
ng d
evic
es in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.7
ex
pla
in t
he
pre
para
tion a
nd s
afe
and c
orr
ect
use
of
com
mon e
lect
rica
l to
ols
when
m
easu
ring v
oltag
e, c
urr
ent
and r
esis
tance
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
61
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
des
crib
e th
e pre
para
tion a
nd s
afe
use
of
work
shop e
quip
men
t
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to p
repar
e an
d
use
com
mon w
ork
shop
equip
men
t 2.2
ex
pla
in t
he
term
: sa
fe w
ork
ing load
3.1
des
crib
e th
e pro
per
ties
, ap
plic
ation a
nd
limitat
ions
of
ferr
ous
and n
on-f
erro
us
met
als
, in
cludin
g t
hei
r sa
fe u
se
3.2
des
crib
e th
e pro
per
ties
, ap
plic
ation a
nd
limitat
ions
of
com
mon n
on-m
etal
lic m
ate
rial
s,
incl
udin
g t
hei
r sa
fe u
se
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to s
elec
t m
ater
ials
when
fab
rica
ting,
modifyi
ng a
nd r
epai
ring v
ehic
les
and fitting c
om
ponen
ts
3.3
def
ine
com
mon t
erm
s re
lating t
o t
he
pro
per
ties
of m
ater
ials
4.1
des
crib
e how
to t
ap t
hre
ads,
file
, cu
t an
d d
rill
pla
stic
s an
d m
etal
s w
hen
modifyi
ng o
r re
pai
ring v
ehic
les
4.2
des
crib
e how
to m
easu
re,
mar
k out,
shap
e an
d join
mat
eria
ls w
hen
fab
rica
ting
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to a
pply
au
tom
otive
engin
eering,
fabrica
tion a
nd f
itting p
rinci
ple
s w
hen
modifyi
ng a
nd r
epai
ring
vehic
les
and c
om
ponen
ts
4.3
des
crib
e th
e se
lect
ion a
nd f
itting p
roce
dure
s of th
e fo
llow
ing:
a gas
kets
and s
eals
b
seal
ants
and a
dhes
ives
c fitt
ings
and fast
ener
s
d
elec
tric
al c
ircu
it c
om
ponen
ts
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
62
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.4
id
entify
lock
ing,
fast
enin
g a
nd fix
ing d
evic
es
4.5
st
ate
the
import
ance
of
corr
ect
oper
atin
g
spec
ific
atio
ns
for
limits,
fits
and t
ole
rance
s in
th
e au
tom
otive
envi
ronm
ent
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
63
Unit 6: Skills in Materials, Fabrication, Tools and Measuring Devices used in the Automotive Environment
Unit reference number: Y/601/6279
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 7
Guided learning hours: 60
Unit Summary
This unit helps the learner to develop the skills required for:
the correct selection, care and use of key hand tools and measuring devices for modification, fabrication and repair in the automotive environment
the correct preparation and use of common work environment equipment
the correct selection and fabrication of materials used when modifying and repairing
the correct application of automotive engineering fabrication and fitting principles.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as detailed below:
You must
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
64
4 produce evidence of undertaking basic routine checks of hand tools, measuring devices and workshop equipment covering all of those listed below:
a electrical
b mechanical
c pneumatic
d hydraulic
5 produce evidence of fabricating at least 1 item from suitable materials to known tolerances, which includes the following processes:
a filing
b tapping threads
c cutting
d drilling
e joining
6 be observed by your assessor carrying out routine checks and during stages of fabrication.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
65
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
se
lect
, m
ainta
in a
nd u
se s
uitable
han
d t
ools
sa
fely
when
fab
rica
ting a
nd f
itting in t
he
auto
motive
work
pla
ce
1.2
se
lect
, m
ainta
in a
nd u
se s
uitable
mea
suri
ng
dev
ices
saf
ely
when
fab
rica
ting a
nd fitting in
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.3
se
lect
, m
ainta
in a
nd u
se s
uitable
PPE
for
fabrica
tion,
repai
r an
d fitting in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1
Be
able
to s
elec
t, m
ainta
in a
nd
use
and h
and t
ools
and
mea
suri
ng d
evic
es in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.4
se
lect
, m
ainta
in a
nd u
se s
uitable
ele
ctri
cal
mea
suri
ng t
ools
safe
ly w
hen
rep
airing
vehic
les
and c
om
ponen
ts
2.1
use
suitably
main
tain
ed w
ork
shop e
quip
men
t sa
fely
2.2
use
corr
ect
inte
rpre
tation o
f ‘s
afe
work
ing
load
’ on lifting a
nd s
upport
ing e
quip
men
t
2.3
re
port
any
faulty
or
dam
aged
tools
and
equip
men
t to
the
rele
vant
per
sons
clea
rly
and p
rom
ptly
2
Be
able
to p
repar
e an
d u
se
com
mon w
ork
shop e
quip
men
t
2.4
st
ore
work
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
a s
afe
m
anner
whic
h p
erm
its
ease
of
acce
ss a
nd
iden
tifica
tion for
use
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
66
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to s
elec
t m
ater
ials
when
fa
brica
ting,
modifyi
ng a
nd
repai
ring v
ehic
les
and fitting
com
ponen
ts
3.1
se
lect
and u
se a
ppro
priat
e m
ater
ials
whils
t co
nst
ruct
ing,
fitt
ing,
modifyi
ng o
r re
pai
ring
vehic
les
and c
om
ponen
ts
4.1
use
corr
ect
pro
cedure
s w
hen
:
a filin
g
b
tappin
g t
hre
ads
c cu
ttin
g p
last
ics
and m
etal
s
d
drilli
ng p
last
ics
and m
etal
s
e fitt
ing
4.2
use
appro
priat
e te
chniq
ues
when
fab
rica
ting,
repai
ring a
nd m
odifyi
ng v
ehic
les
and
com
ponen
ts
4.3
se
lect
and u
se:
a gas
kets
b
seal
s
c se
alan
ts
d
fitt
ings
and fast
ener
s
4.4
ap
ply
modific
ation a
nd r
epair t
echniq
ues
to
auto
motive
ele
ctri
cal ci
rcuits
4
Be
able
to a
pply
auto
motive
en
gin
eering,
fabrica
tion a
nd
fitt
ing p
rinci
ple
s w
hen
modifyi
ng
and r
epairin
g v
ehic
les
and
com
ponen
ts
4.5
se
lect
and u
se lock
ing,
fixi
ng a
nd fast
enin
g
dev
ices
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
67
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
68
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
69
Unit 7: Competency in Health, Safety and Good Housekeeping in the Automotive Environment
Unit reference number: A/601/6338
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 7
Guided learning hours: 60
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to develop competency in order to:
carry out day to day work area cleaning, clearing away, dealing with spillages and disposal of waste, used materials and debris
identify hazards and risks in the automotive environment and complying with relevant legislation and good practice
work safely at all times within the automotive environment, both as an individual and with others.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence of use of personal and vehicle protection, cleaning the work environment and disposal of waste on 3 separate occasions
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion carrying out the above
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
70
6 produce evidence of identifying risks which may result from at least 2 of the items listed below:
a the use and maintenance of machinery or equipment
b the use of materials or substances
c working practices which do not conform to laid down policies
d unsafe behaviour
e accidental breakages and spillages
f environmental factors
7 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion carrying out the above
8 produce evidence of following at least 4 of the workplace policies listed below:
a the use of safe working methods and equipment
b the safe use of hazardous substances
c smoking, eating, drinking and drugs
d what to do in the event of an emergency
e personal presentation
9 be observed by your assessor following workplace policies on at least 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
71
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
se
lect
and u
se p
erso
nal
pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t th
roughout
activi
ties
. To incl
ude
appro
priate
pro
tect
ion o
f:
a ey
es
b
ears
c hea
d
d
skin
e fe
et
f han
ds
g
lungs
1
Be
able
to u
se c
orr
ect
per
sonal
and v
ehic
le p
rote
ctio
n w
ithin
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
1.2
se
lect
and u
se v
ehic
le p
rote
ctiv
e eq
uip
men
t th
roughout
all ac
tivi
ties
2.1
se
lect
and u
se c
lean
ing e
quip
men
t w
hic
h is
of
the
right
type
and s
uitab
le for
the
task
2.2
use
utilit
ies
and a
ppro
priat
e co
nsu
mab
les,
av
oid
ing w
aste
2
Be
able
to c
arry
out
effe
ctiv
e house
keep
ing p
ract
ices
in t
he
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
2.3
use
mat
eria
ls a
nd e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
clea
nin
g a
nd m
ainte
nan
ce d
uties
in a
lloca
ted
work
are
as,
follo
win
g a
uto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
polic
ies,
sch
edule
s an
d
man
ufa
cture
r’s
inst
ruct
ions
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
72
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
per
form
house
keep
ing a
ctiv
itie
s sa
fely
and in
a w
ay w
hic
h m
inim
izes
inco
nve
nie
nce
to
cust
om
ers
and s
taff
2.5
ke
ep t
he
work
are
a c
lean
and fre
e fr
om
deb
ris
and w
aste
mate
rial
s
2.6
ke
ep t
ools
and e
quip
men
t fit
for
purp
ose
by
regula
r cl
eanin
g a
nd k
eepin
g t
idy
2.7
dis
pose
of
use
d c
lean
ing a
gen
ts,
was
te
mat
eria
ls a
nd d
ebris
to c
om
ply
with leg
al an
d
work
pla
ce r
equirem
ents
3.1
nam
e an
d loca
te t
he
resp
onsi
ble
per
sons
for
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty in t
hei
r re
leva
nt
work
pla
ce
3.2
id
entify
and r
eport
work
ing p
ract
ices
and
haz
ards
whic
h c
ould
be
har
mfu
l to
th
emse
lves
or
oth
ers
3.3
ca
rry
out
safe
work
ing p
ract
ices
whils
t w
ork
ing w
ith e
quip
men
t, m
ater
ials
and
pro
duct
s in
the
auto
motive
envi
ronm
ent
3
Be
able
to r
ecognis
e an
d d
eal
with d
anger
s in
ord
er t
o w
ork
sa
fely
within
the
auto
motive
w
ork
pla
ce
3.4
re
ctify
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
isks
enco
unte
red a
t w
ork
, w
ithin
the
scope
and c
apabili
ty o
f th
eir
job r
ole
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
73
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
sh
ow
per
sonal
conduct
in t
he
work
pla
ce
whic
h d
oes
not
endan
ger
the
hea
lth a
nd
safe
ty o
f th
emse
lves
or
oth
ers
4
Be
able
to c
onduct
them
selv
es
resp
onsi
bly
4.2
dis
pla
y su
itab
le p
erso
nal
pre
senta
tion a
t w
ork
w
hic
h e
nsu
res
the
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y of
them
selv
es a
nd o
ther
s at
work
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
74
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
75
Unit 8: Competency in Supporting Job Roles in the Automotive Work Environment
Unit reference number: K/601/6366
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner develop competency in order to keep good working relationships with all colleagues and customers in the automotive work environment by using effective communication and support.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence that you have worked well with others in the automotive industry
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 3 occasions carrying out the above whilst performing your normal work duties.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
76
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
an
d a
ssess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
re
spond p
rom
ptly
and w
illin
gly
to r
eques
ts
for
assi
stan
ce f
rom
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
1
Be
able
to w
ork
eff
ective
ly w
ithin
th
e org
anis
atio
nal
str
uct
ure
of
the
auto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
1.2
re
fer
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
to t
he
corr
ect
per
son s
hould
req
ues
ts f
all outs
ide
thei
r re
sponsi
bili
ty a
nd c
apab
ility
2
Be
able
to o
bta
in a
nd u
se
info
rmat
ion in o
rder
to s
upport
th
eir
job r
ole
within
the
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
and u
se leg
al a
nd m
anufa
cture
rs
info
rmat
ion,
in a
n a
uto
motive
work
en
viro
nm
ent
3.1
use
met
hods
of
com
munic
atio
n w
ith
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
whic
h m
eet
thei
r nee
ds
3.2
giv
e cu
stom
ers
and c
olle
agues
acc
ura
te
info
rmat
ion
3.3
m
ake
reques
ts f
or
ass
ista
nce
fro
m o
r to
cu
stom
ers
and c
olle
agues
cle
arly
and
court
eousl
y
3
Be
able
to c
om
munic
ate
with a
nd
support
colle
agues
and
cust
om
ers
effe
ctiv
ely
within
the
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
3.4
re
port
any
antici
pat
ed d
elay
s in
com
ple
tion t
o
the
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
77
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
co
ntr
ibute
to t
eam
work
by
initia
ting idea
s an
d c
o-o
per
atin
g w
ith c
ust
om
ers
and
colle
agues
4.2
tr
eat
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
in a
way
w
hic
h s
how
s re
spec
t fo
r th
eir
view
s an
d
opin
ions
4.3
m
ake
and k
eep a
chie
vable
com
mitm
ents
to
cust
om
ers
and c
olle
agues
4
Be
able
to d
evel
op a
nd k
eep
good w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
in t
he
auto
motive
work
envi
ronm
ent
4.4
in
form
colle
agues
pro
mptly
of anyt
hin
g lik
ely
to a
ffec
t th
eir
ow
n w
ork
earn
er n
am
e:___________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
78
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
79
Unit 9: Knowledge of Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
Unit reference number: K/601/6013
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding in conducting a range of routine electrical tests, identifying simple faults on a variety of basic electrical components and undertaking suitable correction activities.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Basic electrical principles
a explain the direction of current flow and electron flow
b these principles must include:
i volts ii amps iii ohms iv power v AC/DC vi magnetism vii electromagnetism viii electromotive force ix electromagnetic induction x electrical heating effect
c the terms used within these principles:
i volt (electrical pressure) ii ampere (electrical current) iii ohm (electrical resistance) iv watt (power)
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
80
d calculations for the basic principles:
i amps ii ohms iii volts iv watts
e circuit principles to include:
i series circuits ii parallel circuits iii current flow iv voltage of components v volt drop vi resistance vii the effect on circuit operation of open circuit component(s)
f earth and insulated return systems
g cable sizes and colour codes
h different types of connectors, terminals and circuit protection devices
i meaning of and checks for:
i short circuit ii open circuit iii bad earth iv high resistance v security vi functionality vii performance to specific
Vehicle and electrical unit wiring diagrams
a describe and identify vehicle and unit electrical symbols
b interpret information from vehicle wiring diagrams
i vehicle systems ii electrical units iii wire colour and size iv earth locations v wiring junction locations vi fuse size and location vii connection pin numbers
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
81
Safety procedures and precautions when working on electrical and electronic systems
a safety precautions when working on electrical and electronic systems to include:
i avoidance of short circuits ii power surges iii prevention of electric shock iv protection of electrical and electronic components v protection of circuits from overload or damage
Electrical test equipment, its function and correct use
a equipment to include:
i voltmeters ii ammeters iii ohmmeters iv lock torque testers v regulator testers vi insulation testers vii oscilloscopes viii specialist test equipment
Different types of Batteries
a identify various types
i lead acid – conventional ii maintenance free iii gel iv alkaline v sodium
Battery structure and chemical composition
a lead-acid and alkaline batteries:
i construction ii capacity iii rating iv reserve capacity v cranking rating vi polarity vii electrochemical action viii electrolyte type
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
82
Battery maintenance and charging
a maintenance including:
i cleaning terminals and battery tops ii protecting terminals iii cell top-up for non-sealed units iv securing to the vehicle v removal and refitting procedures
b charging to include:
i trickle charging ii boost charging iii charging rates iv safe charging techniques v charging equipment
Lead-acid battery testing techniques and identify basic battery faults
a testing techniques for:
i testing of electrolyte ii high rate discharge testing iii testing equipment
b faults including:
i low charge ii battery not holding charge iii sulphating iv battery voltage drop during different component operation v damaged plates and insulators
Different types of generators
a dynamos and regulators b alternators with internal and external regulators
Charging principles and function of generators
a charging principles:
i supply current demands ii battery charging iii constant voltage at different engine speeds
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
83
Components of generators
a dynamo and alternator components:
i field coils ii armature iii brush assemblies iv alternator stator v rotor vi slip rings vii rectifier viii end frame packs ix bearings x regulator xi drive system
Basic testing procedures and identify charging system faults
a basic test procedures:
i testing of generator outputs (under and off load) ii testing for rectification and regulation iii removal and fitting procedure iv bench testing v vehicle testing
b faults to include:
i slipping drive belt ii corroded or loose connections iii secure mounting iv not charging v noisy operation
Types, structure and operating principles of starter motors
a starter motor types:
i pre-engaged ii permanent magnet for heavy and diesel vehicles iii add gear reduction to starter motor types
b components to include:
i solenoid ii armature iii commutator iv brush assemblies v drive systems vi ignition switches
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
84
Basic common faults and testing procedures for starter motors
a basic test to include:
i pre-engaged ii permanent magnet for heavy and diesel vehicles and light vehicle iii gear reduction starters iv wiring related to the circuits v ignition switches vi removal and refitting procedures
b faults to include:
i starter not engaging ii slow engine cranking speed iii insecure mounting
Types of ignition systems and ignition fundamentals
a ignition system types:
i conventional ii electronic iii programmed iv distributorless
b ignition system functional requirements
The function of ignition components
a components to include:
i ignition switch ii coil iii distributor iv spark plugs v leads vi ballast resistor vii contact breakers viii condenser ix electronic systems
Testing procedures and basic common faults relating to the ignition system
a testing procedures relating to the ignition system and components including:
i wiring ii connections iii switching of the primary circuit iv removal and refitting procedures
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
85
b failing to start and running erratic
The operating principles of the fuel system
Different fuel types and the relevant combustion process
a fuel and air mix
b compression ratios
c exhaust emissions
The different types of fuel system and components
a petrol fuel systems and components:
i carburettor ii choke iii fuel cut off iv stepper motors v sensors vi injectors vii fuel pumps viii relays ix cold start x anti run on solenoid xi lambda sensors vii idle control actuators viii single and multipoint injection systems
b compression ignition systems:
i engine stop solenoid ii injectors iii fuel pumps iv relays v heater plugs vi injection pumps vii filters
Test procedures and basic common faults associated electronic elements of fuel systems and components
a basic testing procedures:
i diesel engine failing to start ii failing to stop when switched off iii petrol engine not starting iv difficult to start when cold
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
86
The function of the engine management system and its components
a describe the engine management working processes
b system component including:
i pulse, hall, optimum inductive generators ii ECU iii control modules
c sensors including:
i crankshaft ii manifold iii temperature iv knock
Different types of components a components to include:
i constant energy systems ii pulse generators iii hall effect generators iv optimum inductive pulse generators v modules vi ECU vii sensors
Basic common faults and testing methods associated with engine management systems
a basic faults and tests to include:
i engine fails to start ii erratic running iii poor fuel consumption iv poor connections
b removal and replacement procedures
The different lighting system components
a components to include:
i side and tail lights ii brake lights iii reverse lights iv rear and front fog lights v headlights vi driving lights vii spot lights viii indicators ix headlamp trim motors x index lights
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
87
The function of component parts
a components to include:
i lamp holders ii bulbs iii relays iv switches v warning systems vi trim motors
Basic common faults and testing methods associated with external lighting system
a faults relating to:
i switches ii relays iii lamp holders iv wiring v connections vi fuses and fuse ratings vii headlamp alignment
The operating principles of external lighting systems
a principles including:
i side and tail lights ii brake lights iii reverse lights iv rear and front fog lights v headlights vi spot lights vii indicators
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
88
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
com
monly
use
d e
lect
rica
l te
st
equip
men
t
1.2
des
crib
e how
to u
se a
nd o
per
ate
elec
tric
al
test
equip
men
t
1.3
des
crib
e th
e sa
fety
and o
per
atio
nal
chec
ks
that
should
be
carr
ied o
ut
on t
ools
and
equip
men
t re
quired
to r
emove
and r
epla
ce
elec
tric
al c
om
ponen
ts
1.4
des
crib
e how
to m
easu
re v
oltage,
res
ista
nce
, cu
rren
t, a
nd s
pec
ific
gra
vity
in d
eter
min
ing
sim
ple
cir
cuit f
aults
1.5
des
crib
e w
hen
and w
her
e to
use
voltag
e,
ohm
, am
p a
nd s
pec
ific
gra
vity
mea
sure
men
ts
in d
eter
min
ing s
imple
circu
it f
aults
1
Under
stan
d t
he
use
of
elec
tric
al t
esting e
quip
men
t an
d m
easu
rem
ents
take
n
1.6
des
crib
e th
e fu
ndam
enta
l oper
atio
n o
f m
oto
rs,
capac
itors
, re
sist
ors
, se
mi-
conduct
ors
, tr
ansi
stors
, ac
tuat
ors
and
senso
rs (
incl
udin
g a
ctiv
e or
self-g
ener
atin
g
and p
ass
ive
or
modula
ting)
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
89
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
des
crib
e co
mm
on t
ypes
of te
stin
g m
ethods
use
d t
o c
hec
k th
e oper
atio
n o
f ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al/e
lect
ronic
cir
cuits
and c
om
ponen
ts
2.2
des
crib
e how
to d
eter
min
e co
mponen
t co
nditio
n a
nd s
uitab
ility
bas
ed u
pon
calc
ula
tions
usi
ng o
hm
s la
w
2.3
des
crib
e how
to
conduct
tes
ts f
ollo
win
g e
lect
rica
l sa
fety
and w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
valu
ate
and inte
rpre
t te
st r
esults
found in d
iagnosi
ng s
imple
ele
ctrica
l ci
rcuit f
aults
agai
nst
veh
icle
man
ufa
cture
r sp
ecific
atio
ns
and
sett
ings
2.5
des
crib
e how
and t
he
import
ance
of
mak
ing
reco
mm
endat
ions
for
rect
ific
atio
n b
ased
upon t
he
anal
ysis
of
the
test
info
rmat
ion g
ained
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
com
mon f
aults
and t
hei
r ca
use
s fo
und in f
undam
enta
l el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s an
d c
om
pon
ents
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
any
repla
ced e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
gai
nst
veh
icle
sp
ecific
atio
n a
nd t
he
import
ance
of
doin
g s
o
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
elec
tric
al t
esting t
echniq
ues
2.8
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r dis
posi
ng o
f an
y re
move
d e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
90
Lear
ner
nam
e:_______________________________________________
D
ate:
_____________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:____________________________________________
D
ate:
_____________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:___________________________________________
D
ate:
_____________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:_____________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
91
Unit 10: Skills in Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
Unit reference number: F/601/6034
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to demonstrate and conduct a range of routine electrical tests and identifying simple faults on a variety of basic electrical components and undertaking suitable correction activities.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor locating and correcting simple faults occurring in 5 out of the 11 engine systems listed, which covers the learning outcomes.
a power storage devices
b power generating devices
c vehicle starting devices
d vehicle lighting devices
e wiring harness and connection devices
f vehicle sensors and actuators
g circuit protection devices
h information and entertainment systems
i telematic and tracking systems
j security systems
k communication systems
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
92
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l te
stin
g a
nd
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
elec
tric
al te
stin
g
tech
niq
ues
and r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
iden
tifica
tion o
f el
ectr
ical
fau
lts,
by
revi
ewin
g:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
iden
tifica
tion o
f el
ectr
ical
fau
lts
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
elec
tric
al t
esting
tech
niq
ues
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
elec
tric
al te
stin
g t
echniq
ues
and
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
93
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
ca
rry
out
a funct
ionalit
y te
st o
f th
e el
ectr
ical
sy
stem
and o
r co
mponen
t
4.2
use
ele
ctrica
l te
stin
g m
ethods
that
are
su
itab
le f
or
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of
the
elec
tric
al s
yste
m a
nd o
r co
mponen
ts
conce
rned
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
elec
tric
al t
esting t
echniq
ues
cle
arly
id
entifies
the
cause
of th
e id
entified
fau
lts
4.5
se
ek a
ssis
tance
of
the
rele
vant
per
son
pro
mptly
wher
e th
e re
sults
of th
e te
stin
g a
re
uncl
ear
4.6
en
sure
all
repai
red a
nd r
epla
ced e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
re s
ecure
and funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
re
quirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
elec
tric
al
test
ing t
echniq
ues
and
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
4.7
dis
pose
of
any
rem
ove
d e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts s
afel
y to
com
ply
with leg
al
requirem
ents
and w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
94
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
95
Unit 11: Knowledge in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
Unit reference number: F/601/6017
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of the operation and fitting of electrical enhancement components and systems to improve the original vehicle features and specification to meet customer requirements
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The different types of I.C.E. systems and components
a systems and components to include:
i radio/CD players ii multi-play CD players iii DVD iv MP3 players v speakers vi aerial systems vii amplifiers viii visual display screens ix satellite navigation x mobile communication units
The function of component parts in the I.C.E. systems
a components include:
i radio ii CD iii video iv DVD players v aerial systems vi speakers
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
96
vii amplifiers viii visual display screens ix mobile communication systems
The operating principles of I.C.E systems
a operation of entertainment systems speaker systems and aerial systems
The relevant legislation relevant to I.C.E systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of I.C.E systems
Basic common faults and testing methods associated I.C.E. systems
a test and procedures for the following:
i radio/CD players ii speakers iii aerial systems iv amplifiers v wiring vi connections vii relays viii fuses ix removal and refitting procedures
Types of security/warning systems and components
a components to include:
i control units ii alarm modules iii audible warning units iv immobiliser units v sensing units vi horn vii audible warning speakers
The function of component parts in security and warning systems
a components to include:
i control units ii alarm modules iii audible warning units iv interior sensing systems v immobiliser units vi relays vii diodes viii horns
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
97
The operating principles of security and warning systems
a operation of alarm systems and audible warning units
The relevant legislation relevant to security and warning systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of security and warning systems
Basic common faults and testing methods associated security and warning systems
a components to include:
i control units ii audible warning units iii immobiliser units iv horns v relays vi diodes vii wiring viii connections and protection devices ix removal and refitting procedures
The different types of safety fitment systems and components
a components to include:
i reversing aids and systems ii working lamps iii driving lamps iv additional fog lights v fuel cut off switches vi engine cut off switches
The function of component parts in safety fitment systems
a components to include:
i reversing aids and systems ii working lamps iii driving lamps iv additional fog lights v fuel cut off switches vi engine cut off switches
The operating principles of safety fitment systems
a the following safety fitments:
i reversing aids and systems ii working lamps iii driving lamps iv. additional fog lights v. fuel cut off switches vi. engine cut off switches
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
98
The relevant legislation relevant to safety fitment systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of safety fitment systems
Basic common faults and testing methods associated with safety fitment systems
a to include the following systems and components:
i control units ii components iii horns iv relays v diodes vi wiring vii connections viii protection devices ix removal and refitting procedures
The different types of towing systems and components
a components to include:
i reversing aids and systems ii towbar mounting systems iii single and double plug wiring systems iv audible warning systems v split charging systems vi trailer lighting board
The function of component parts in towing systems
a components must include:
i reversing aids ii towbar iii wiring connectors iv audible warning systems v visible warning systems vi split charge control units vii relays viii lighting boards
The operating principles of towing systems
a principles to include:
i reversing aids ii 7 pin plug systems iii vehicle lighting systems iv audible warning systems v visible warning systems vi split charge systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
99
The relevant legislation relevant to Towbar systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of towbar systems
Basic common faults and testing methods associated with towing systems
a basic faults and tests to include:
i lighting systems ii split charge systems iii warning systems iv reversing aid systems v earth faults vi voltage test methods vii resistance testing viii functional tests
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
100
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
com
monly
fitte
d e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
syst
ems
and c
om
ponen
ts
1.2
des
crib
e th
e fu
nct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f th
e el
ectr
ical
enhan
cem
ent
syst
ems
and
com
ponen
ts
1.3
des
crib
e how
the
enhan
cem
ent
may
be
limited
by
the
exis
ting v
ehic
le s
yste
ms
and
fitm
ents
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
ele
ctrica
l en
han
cem
ent
syst
ems
and
com
ponen
ts o
per
ate
1.4
co
mpare
the
adva
nta
ges
and d
isad
vanta
ges
of
carr
ying o
ut
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l cu
stom
isat
ion
2.1
d
escr
ibe
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in fitting
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
syst
ems
and
com
ponen
ts
2.2
des
crib
e how
to follo
w m
anufa
cture
rs
requirem
ents
rel
atin
g t
o t
he
com
ponen
ts t
hat
ar
e fitt
ed
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
it e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
syst
ems
and
com
ponen
ts
2.3
co
mpare
the
diffe
rence
s in
fitting a
tow
bar
bet
wee
n a
lig
ht
vehic
le a
nd a
dra
w b
ar o
n a
hea
vy v
ehic
le
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
101
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
des
crib
e th
e ch
ecks
that
are
made
to m
ake
su
re t
he
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
pat
ible
with t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
er
requirem
ents
3.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to t
est
and e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of an
y el
ectr
ical en
han
cem
ents
fitt
ed a
gai
nst
veh
icle
spec
ific
ation a
nd t
he
import
ance
of doin
g s
o
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
chec
ks t
o a
ny
elec
tric
al
enhan
cem
ent
syst
ems
and
com
ponen
ts f
itte
d
3.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ake
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd t
o a
ny
surr
oundin
g s
yste
ms
to e
nsu
re e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
102
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
103
Unit 12: Skills in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
Unit reference number: J/601/6035
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can carry out a range of vehicle enhancement activities to improve the original vehicle features and specification and to meet customer requirements.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor carrying out electrical enhancement from 3 different systems out of the 10 listed below, which covers the learning outcomes.
a audio systems
b visual systems
c communication equipment
d safety fitments
e lamps
f tow bars
g reversing aids
h navigation systems
i alarm systems
j immobilization system
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
104
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
activi
ties
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le
enhan
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s, b
y re
view
ing
man
ufa
cture
r:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
fitt
ing p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
vehic
le
enhan
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
105
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
en
sure
prior
to fitm
ent
that
com
ponen
ts a
re
com
patible
with t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd
the
cust
om
er’s
req
uirem
ents
4.2
ca
rry
out
all
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
legal
req
uirem
ents
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
are
carr
ied o
ut
to
ensu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
vehic
le
elec
tric
al e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
4.4
en
sure
all
enhan
ced v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
re s
ecure
and funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
re
quirem
ents
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
106
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
107
Unit 13: Knowledge of Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
Unit reference number: M/601/6028
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 1
Guided learning hours: 4
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of carrying out a range of inspections on light vehicles using a variety of prescribed testing and inspection methods
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Pre and post work vehicle inspections and record findings
a PPE and vehicle protection relating to:
i vehicle body panels ii paint surfaces iii seats iv carpets and floor mats prior to conduction vehicle inspections
b pre and post work vehicle inspection procedures:
i aural ii visual and functional assessments on engine iii engine systems iv chassis systems v wheels and tyres vi transmission system vii electrical and electronic systems viii exterior vehicle body ix vehicle interior
c the methods for carrying out inspections for: damage, corrosion, fluid leaks, wear, security, mounting security and condition to include:
i engines and engine systems ii chassis systems iii brakes
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
108
iv steering v suspension vi wheels vii tyres viii body panels ix electrical and electronic systems and components x vehicle seating and vehicle interior xi vehicle instrumentation xii driver controls
d check conformity to manufacturer’s specifications and legal requirements
e completion of documentation to include:
i inspection records ii job cards iii vehicle records
f make recommendations based on results of vehicle inspections
g the checks necessary to ensure customer satisfaction for:
i vehicle body panels ii paint surfaces iii seats iv carpets and floor mats following pre or post vehicle inspections
h prepare and use appropriate inspection equipment and tools
i inspection procedures following inspection checklists
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
109
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
ex
pla
in t
he
diffe
rence
bet
wee
n t
he
various
pre
scribed
lig
ht
vehic
le insp
ection m
ethods
to
incl
ude:
a pre
-work
b
inst
alle
d s
yste
m f
unct
ional
chec
k
c post
-work
d
vehic
le h
andove
r in
spec
tion
1.2
id
entify
the
diffe
rent
syst
ems
to b
e in
spec
ted
when
usi
ng t
he
pre
scribed
insp
ection
met
hods
1.3
id
entify
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in c
arry
out
the
syst
emat
ic insp
ection o
f th
e pre
scribed
in
spec
tion m
ethods
on lig
ht
vehic
les
1.4
id
entify
corr
ect
confo
rmity
of
vehic
le s
yste
ms
and c
onditio
n o
n lig
ht
vehic
les
insp
ections
1.5
co
mpare
tes
t an
d insp
ection r
esults
agai
nst
lig
ht
vehic
le s
pec
ific
ation a
nd leg
al
requirem
ents
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
insp
ections
on lig
ht
vehic
le
usi
ng p
resc
ribed
met
hods
1.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to r
ecord
and c
om
ple
te t
he
insp
ection r
esults
in t
he
form
at r
equired
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
110
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
id
entify
the
reco
mm
endat
ions
that
can
be
mad
e bas
ed o
n r
esults
of th
e lig
ht
vehic
le
insp
ections
1.8
ex
pla
in t
he
implic
atio
ns
of
faili
ng t
o c
arry
out
light
vehic
le insp
ections
act
ivitie
s co
rrec
tly
1.9
ex
pla
in t
he
implic
atio
ns
of
signin
g w
ork
pla
ce
docu
men
tation a
nd v
ehic
le r
ecord
s
1.1
0
expla
in t
he
pro
cedure
for
report
ing c
osm
etic
dam
age
to lig
ht
vehic
le c
om
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
outs
ide
norm
al insp
ection ite
ms
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
111
Unit 14: Skills in Inspecting Vehicles using Prescribed Methods
Unit reference number: T/601/6046
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 4
Unit Summary
This unit allows the learner to demonstrate they can carry out a range of light vehicle inspections on vehicles using a variety of prescribed testing and inspection methods.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor carrying out 2 different inspections from the 4 listed below, which covers the learning outcomes.
a pre-work
b installed system functional check
c post-work
d vehicle handover inspection
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
112
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le insp
ection a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
light
vehic
le
insp
ections
usi
ng p
resc
ribed
m
ethods
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le insp
ection
activi
ties
incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
insp
ection p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le insp
ection a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
113
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
a ra
nge
of
insp
ections
on lig
ht
vehic
le s
yste
ms
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
use
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d
by
man
ufa
cture
rs w
hen
carr
ying o
ut
a ra
nge
of in
spec
tions
on lig
ht
vehic
le s
yste
ms
incl
udin
g:
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
114
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
ca
rry
out
light
vehic
le insp
ections
usi
ng
pre
scribed
met
hods,
adher
ing t
o t
he
spec
ific
atio
ns
and t
ole
rance
s fo
r th
e ve
hic
le
and follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
r’s
appro
ved insp
ection
met
hods
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
insp
ection m
ethods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
d
pre
scribed
docu
men
tation
4.2
en
sure
that
insp
ecte
d lig
ht
vehic
le c
onfo
rms
to t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
any
com
par
ison o
f th
e ve
hic
le a
gain
st
spec
ific
atio
n a
ccura
tely
iden
tifies
any:
a diffe
rence
s fr
om
the
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n
b
vehic
le a
ppea
rance
and c
onditio
n fau
lts
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
light
vehic
le insp
ections
usi
ng
pre
scribed
met
hods
4.4
use
suitable
tes
ting m
ethods
to e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
the
insp
ecte
d s
yste
ms
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
115
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
116
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
117
Unit 15: Knowledge of Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
Unit reference number: T/601/3731
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of the principles, construction and operation and testing methods of common electrical and electronic systems and components. It also covers the procedures involved in the removal and replacement of system components and the evaluation of their performance.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Electrical/electronic principles
a electrical units:
i volt (electrical pressure) ii ampere (electrical current) iii ohm (electrical resistance) iv watt (power)
b the requirements for an electrical circuit:
i battery ii cables iii switch iv current consuming device v continuity
c the direction of current flow and electron flow
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
118
d series and parallel circuits to include:
i current flow ii voltage of components iii volt drop iv resistance v the effect on circuit operation of open circuit component(s)
e earth and insulated return systems
f cable sizes and colour codes
g different types of connectors, terminals and circuit protection devices
h common electrical and electronic symbols
i the meaning of:
i short circuit ii open circuit iii bad earth iv high resistance v electrical capacity
j the principles of vehicle electronic systems and component
k interpret vehicle wiring diagrams to include:
i vehicle lighting ii auxiliary circuits iii indicators iv starting and charging systems
l function and construction of electrical components including:
i circuit relays ii bulb types iii fan and heater iv circuit protection
m the safety precautions when working on electrical and electronic systems to include:
i disconnection and connection of battery ii avoidance of short circuits iii power surges iv prevention of electric shock v protection of electrical and electronic components vi protection of circuits from overload or damage
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
119
n the set-up and use of:
i digital and analogue multi-meters ii voltmeter iii ammeter iv ohmmeter v oscilloscope vi manufacturer’s dedicated test equipment
o electrical and electronic checks for electrical and electronic systems to
include:
i connections ii security iii functionality iv performance to specifications v continuity, open circuit vi short circuit vii high resistance viii volt drop ix current consumption x output patterns (oscilloscope)
p symptoms and faults associated with electrical and electronic systems
to include:
i high resistance ii loose and corroded connections iii short circuit iv excessive current consumption v open circuit vi malfunction vii poor performance viii battery faults to include flat battery ix failure to hold charge x low state of charge xi overheating xii poor starting
Battery and charging
a the construction and operation of vehicle batteries including:
i low maintenance and maintenance free ii lead acid and nickel cadmium types iii cells iv separators v plates vi electrolyte
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
120
b the operation of the vehicle charging system: i alternator ii rotor iii stator iv slip ring v brush assembly vi three phase output vii diode rectification pack viii voltage regulation ix phased winding connections x cooling fan xi alternator drive system
Starting
a the layout, construction and operation of engine starting systems
b inertia and pre-engaged principles
c the function and operation of the following components:
i inertia and pre-engaged starter motor ii starter ring gear iii pinion iv starter solenoid v ignition/starter switch vi starter relay (if appropriate) vii one-way clutch (pre-engaged starter motor)
Lighting a function and construction of electrical components including:
i front and tail lamps ii main and dip beam headlamps iii fog and spot lamps iv lighting and dip switch v directional indicators
b the circuit diagram and operation of components for:
i side and tail lamps ii headlamps iii interior lamps iv fog and spot lamps v direction indicators
c the statutory requirements for vehicle lighting when using a vehicle on the road
d headlamp adjustment and beam setting
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
121
Auxiliary systems
a function and construction of electrical components including:
i central door locking ii anti theft devices iii manual locking and dead lock systems iv window winding v demisting systems vi door mirror operation mechanisms vii interior lights and switching viii sun roof operation
b the circuit diagram and operation of components for:
i central door locking ii anti theft devices iii manual locking and dead lock systems iv window winding v demisting systems vi door mirror operation mechanisms vii sun roof operation
c comfort and convenience systems to include:
i heated seats ii electrically adjusted seats iii heated screens iv electric mirrors v heating vi climate control vii air conditioning
General
a the preparation, testing and use of:
i tools and equipment ii electrical meters and equipment used for dismantling iii removal and replacement of electrical and electronic systems and
components
b appropriate safety precautions:
i PPE ii vehicle protection when dismantling iii removal and replacing electrical and electronic components and
systems
c the important of logical and systematic processes
d preparation of replacement units for re-fitting or replacement electrical and electronic components and systems
e the reasons why replacement components and units must meet the original specifications (OES) – warranty requirements, to maintain performance, safety requirements
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
122
f refitting procedures
g the inspection and testing of units and systems to ensure compliance with manufacturer’s, legal and performance requirements
h inspection and re-instatement of the vehicle following repair to ensure:
i customer satisfaction ii cleanliness of vehicle interior and exterior iii security of components and fittings iv re-instatement of components and fittings
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
123
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
ele
ctrica
l sy
mbols
and u
nits
found in
light
vehic
le c
ircu
its
1.2
des
crib
e how
to inte
rpre
t si
mple
lig
ht
vehic
le
wirin
g d
iagra
ms
1.3
des
crib
e th
e oper
atio
n o
f ke
y lig
ht
vehic
le
circ
uit p
rote
ctio
n d
evic
es a
nd w
hy
thes
e are
nec
essa
ry
1.4
des
crib
e ea
rthin
g p
rinci
ple
s an
d e
arth
ing
met
hods
1.5
id
entify
the
use
of diffe
rent
cable
s an
d
connec
tors
use
d in lig
ht
vehic
le c
ircu
its
1.6
des
crib
e th
e oper
atio
n o
f el
ectr
ical
and
elec
tronic
sen
sors
and a
ctuat
ors
and t
hei
r ap
plic
atio
n
1.7
des
crib
e th
e ke
y el
ectr
ical
and e
lect
ronic
co
ntr
ol princi
ple
s th
at
are
rela
ted t
o lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l ci
rcuits
1
Under
stan
d lig
ht
vehic
le
elec
tric
al a
nd e
lect
ronic
princi
ple
s
1.8
st
ate
com
mon t
erm
s use
d in lig
ht
vehic
le
elec
tric
al c
ircu
its
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
124
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
id
entify
lig
ht
vehic
le b
atte
ries
, st
arting a
nd
char
gin
g s
yste
m c
om
ponen
ts
2.2
des
crib
e th
e co
nst
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f lig
ht
vehic
le b
atte
ries
, st
arting a
nd c
harg
ing
syst
em c
om
ponen
ts
2.3
des
crib
e how
to r
emove
and r
epla
ce
bat
teries
, st
arting a
nd c
harg
ing s
yste
m u
nits
and c
om
ponen
ts
2.4
co
mpare
lig
ht
vehic
le b
atte
ries
, st
arting a
nd
char
gin
g s
yste
m c
om
ponen
ts a
nd a
ssem
blie
s ag
ainst
alter
nat
ives
to iden
tify
diffe
rence
s in
co
nst
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
lig
ht
vehic
le
bat
teries
, st
arting a
nd
char
gin
g s
yste
ms
oper
ate
2.5
st
ate
com
mon t
erm
s use
d in c
onju
nct
ion w
ith
light
vehic
le b
atte
ries
, st
arting a
nd c
harg
ing
syst
ems
3.1
id
entify
lig
ht
vehic
le a
uxi
liary
sys
tem
co
mponen
ts
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
lig
ht
vehic
le
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s oper
ate
3.2
des
crib
e th
e co
nst
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f lig
ht
vehic
le a
uxi
liary
sys
tem
s
auxi
liary
sys
tem
s to
incl
ude:
a lig
hting
b
wip
er
c se
curity
and a
larm
d
com
fort
and c
onve
nie
nce
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
125
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
e
info
rmat
ion a
nd e
nte
rtai
nm
ent
f te
lephone
and t
wo-w
ay c
om
munic
atio
n
g
elec
tric
win
dow
h
monitoring a
nd inst
rum
enta
tion
3.3
co
mpare
key
lig
ht
vehic
le a
uxi
liary
sys
tem
co
mponen
ts a
nd a
ssem
blie
s ag
ainst
al
tern
ativ
es t
o iden
tify
diffe
rence
s in
co
nst
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n
3.4
st
ate
com
mon t
erm
s use
d in lig
ht
vehic
le
auxi
liary
sys
tem
des
ign
4.1
des
crib
e how
to r
emove
and r
epla
ce lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
units
and
com
ponen
ts
4.2
des
crib
e co
mm
on t
ypes
of te
stin
g m
ethods
use
d t
o c
hec
k th
e oper
atio
n o
f lig
ht
vehic
le
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
and c
om
ponen
ts a
nd t
hei
r purp
ose
4.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to t
est
and e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
repla
cem
ent
units
agai
nst
sp
ecific
atio
ns
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
hec
k,
repla
ce a
nd t
est
light
vehic
le
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
and
com
ponen
ts
4.4
id
entify
com
mon f
aults
found in lig
ht
vehic
le
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
and c
om
ponen
ts
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
126
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
127
Unit 16: Skills in Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
Unit reference number: T/601/3874
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit allows the learner to develop skills to remove and replace motor vehicle electrical system components. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced units and systems
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence of carrying out the removal and replacement of vehicle electrical units and components from:
a engine starting systems
b engine charging systems
c PLUS 2 different systems out of the 8 listed below:
i lighting
ii wiper
iii security and alarm
iv comfort and convenience
v information and entertainment
vi telephone and two-way communication
vii electric window systems
viii monitoring and instrumentation system
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
128
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
when
work
ing o
n lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s an
d c
om
ponen
ts
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
rem
ova
l an
d
repla
cem
ent
activi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l unit a
nd c
om
ponen
t re
mova
l and
repla
cem
ent
activi
ties
incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
rem
ova
l and r
epla
cem
ent
pro
cedure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l unit a
nd c
om
ponen
t re
mova
l an
d r
epla
cem
ent
activi
ties
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
rem
ova
l an
d r
epla
cem
ent
of
moto
r ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
com
ponen
ts
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs t
o r
emove
and
repla
ce m
oto
r ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
129
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
re
move
and r
epla
ce t
he
moto
r ve
hic
le’s
el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s an
d c
om
ponen
ts,
adher
ing
to t
he
spec
ific
atio
ns
and t
ole
rance
s fo
r th
e ve
hic
le a
nd follo
win
g:
a th
e m
anufa
cture
r’s
appro
ved r
emova
l an
d
repla
cem
ent
met
hods
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
.
4.2
en
sure
that
repla
cem
ent
moto
r ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al u
nits
and c
om
ponen
ts c
onfo
rm t
o
the
vehic
le o
per
ating s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.3
use
suitable
tes
ting m
ethods
to e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
the
reas
sem
ble
d s
yste
m
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
rem
ova
l an
d r
epla
cem
ent
of lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l units
and
com
ponen
ts.
4.4
en
sure
that
the
reass
emble
d m
oto
r ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd m
eets
any
legal
requirem
ents
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
130
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
131
Unit 17: Knowledge of the Overhauling of Electrical Units
Unit reference number: L/601/6022
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of the repair and overhauling of electrical units.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The various types of generators fitted to motor vehicles
a generators must include:
i alternator with an internal regulator ii alternator with an external regulator iii alternator with a separate regulator iv DC generators
The operating principles of each generator
a generators must include:
i alternators with an internal regulator ii alternators with an external regulator iii alternators with a separate regulator iv DC generators
The components and how they function within each type of generator
a generators must include:
i alternators with an internal regulator ii alternators with an external regulator iii alternators with a separate regulator iv DC generators
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
132
b components must include:
i rotors ii stators iii rectifiers iv regulator v slip rings vi bearings vii housings viii fans and pulleys ix armatures x field windings xi brushes and brush boxes xii surge protection diode
Test each component within each type of generator
a generators must include:
i alternators with an internal regulator ii alternators with an external regulator iii alternators with a separate regulator iv DC generators
b components must include:
i rotors ii stators iii rectifiers iv regulator v slip rings vi bearings vii housings viii fans and pulleys ix armatures x field windings xi brushes and brush boxes xii surge protection diode
c tools must include:
i voltmeters ii ammeters iii ohmmeters iv insulation testers v regulator testers
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
133
Symptoms and faults associated with basic generators
a generators must include:
i alternators with an internal regulator ii alternators with an external regulator iii alternators with a separate regulator iv DC generators
Test procedures for the repaired generators and evaluate the results
a generators must include:
i alternators with an internal regulator ii alternators with an external regulator iii alternators with a separate regulator iv DC generators
b tools must include:
i voltmeters ii ammeters iii specialist test equipment
The various types of starter motor fitted to motor vehicles
a starter motors must include:
i inertia starter motors ii pre-engaged starter motors iii axial starter motors iv co-axial starter motors
The operating principles of each type of starter motor
a starter motors must include:
i pre-engaged starter motors ii axial starter motors iii co-axial starter motors iv gear reduction starters add
The components and how they function within each type of starter motors
a starter motors must include:
i pre-engaged starter motors ii axial starter motors iii co-axial starter motors iv gear reduction starters add
b components must include:
i armatures ii field windings iii brushes and brush boxes iv bearings and bushes
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
134
v solenoids vi drive gears and clutches vii housings viii fans and pulleys ix reduction gears
Test each component within each type of starter motors
a starter motors must include:
i pre-engaged starter motors ii axial starter motors iii co-axial starter motors iv gear reduction starters
b components must include:
i armatures ii field windings iii brushes and brush boxes iv bearings and bushes v solenoids vi drive gears and clutches vii housings viii fans and pulleys ix reduction gears
c tools must include:
i voltmeters ii ammeters iii ohmmeters iv insulation testers
Symptoms and faults associated with starter motors
a starter motors must include:
i pre-engaged starter motors ii axial starter motors iii co-axial starter motors iv gear reduction
Tests and adjustment procedures for the repaired starter motors and evaluate the results
a starter motors must include:
i pre-engaged starter motors ii axial starter motors iii co-axial starter motors iv gear reduction add
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
135
b tools must include:
i voltmeters ii ammeters iii specialist test equipment iv lock torque testers
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
136
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
spec
ialis
t el
ectr
ical
tes
t eq
uip
men
t use
d
for
ove
rhau
ling e
lect
rica
l units
1.2
des
crib
e how
to
use
and o
per
ate
spec
ialis
t el
ectr
ical
tes
t eq
uip
men
t use
d for
ove
rhau
ling
elec
tric
al u
nits
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to u
se
appro
priat
e el
ectr
ical
tes
ting
equip
men
t
1.3
des
crib
e how
to
pre
par
e, a
sses
s an
d t
est
the
accu
racy
and o
per
atio
n o
f al
l th
e el
ectr
ical
rep
air
and t
esting e
quip
men
t
2.1
id
entify
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al info
rmat
ion
to s
upport
ele
ctrica
l re
pai
r pro
cedure
s in
cludin
g:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
r’s
inst
ruct
ions
c le
gal re
quirem
ents
d
indust
ry r
ecognis
ed r
epai
r m
ethods
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
ind,
sele
ct
and u
se s
ourc
es o
f ove
rhau
l in
form
atio
n
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t an
d u
se t
echnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
elec
tric
al re
pai
r pro
cedure
s
3.1
des
crib
e how
to
test
and e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
vehic
les
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
agai
nst
ve
hic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
test
ing t
o el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s an
d
com
ponen
ts
3.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t te
st r
esults
and c
arry
out
elec
tric
al e
ffic
iency
cal
cula
tions
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
137
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
id
entify
com
mon s
ympto
ms,
cau
ses
and fau
lts
found in v
ehic
le c
har
gin
g a
nd s
tart
ing s
yste
ms
3.4
ex
pla
in m
ethods
use
d t
o iden
tify
veh
icle
char
gin
g
and s
tart
ing s
yste
ms
faults
3.5
des
crib
e how
the
conditio
n o
f th
e co
mponen
ts a
re
asse
ssed
within
char
gin
g a
nd s
tart
ing s
yste
ms
to
find f
aults
3.6
des
crib
e how
to
test
the
follo
win
g a
lter
nat
or
com
ponen
ts:
a dio
de
pac
k
b
roto
r fiel
d
c st
ator
win
din
gs
3.7
des
crib
e th
e purp
ose
and w
hen
to
use
torq
ue,
re
sist
ance
, in
sula
tion a
nd v
isual
tes
ts
3.8
ex
pla
in t
he
suppre
ssio
n r
equirem
ents
applic
able
to
ele
ctrica
l co
mponen
ts a
nd t
he
types
of fa
ults
whic
h c
an o
ccur
in c
har
gin
g,
star
ting a
nd m
oto
r sy
stem
s
4.1
des
crib
e how
to
ove
rhau
l ch
argin
g,
star
ting,
moto
r an
d a
ctuat
or
syst
ems
4.2
des
crib
e how
to
carr
y ou
t a
sold
er r
epai
r
4.3
ex
pla
in t
he
pro
cedure
s to
mak
e su
itab
le
adju
stm
ents
to t
he
star
ter
drive
set
ting
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to o
verh
aul
star
ting,
char
gin
g,
moto
r an
d
actu
ator
syst
ems
4.4
des
crib
e how
to
eval
uat
e th
e oper
atio
n o
f co
mponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
follo
win
g o
verh
aul
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
138
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
139
Unit 18: Skills in the Overhauling of Electrical Components
Unit reference number: R/601/6037
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate overhaul of starting, charging and other electrical units.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor carrying out electrical overhauling activities from 3 different electrical units, covering at least 2 of the areas listed below, which covers the learning outcomes.
a generators
b starters
c motors
d actuators
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
140
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitab
le p
erso
nal
pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
vehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ove
rhau
ling
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts
1
Be
able
to w
ork
saf
ely
when
ove
rhau
ling e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and t
he
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o
support
the
elec
tric
al o
verh
aul ac
tivi
ties
, by
revi
ewin
g m
anufa
cture
rs:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
rs o
verh
aulin
g p
roce
dure
s
c te
st p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
uppor
t th
e el
ectr
ical
ove
rhau
l ac
tivi
ties
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
the
elec
tric
al o
verh
aul
activi
ties
3.2
ch
eck
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o m
eet
man
ufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
an
d e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
sp
ecifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
car
ryin
g o
ut
elec
tric
al o
verh
aul ac
tivi
ties
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
141
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
en
sure
initia
l as
sess
men
t an
d t
esting m
ethods
of
elec
tric
al u
nits
iden
tifies
acc
ura
tely
the
conditio
n
and s
uitab
ility
for
reco
nditio
nin
g,
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
4.2
use
ele
ctrica
l te
stin
g m
ethods
whic
h a
re s
uitab
le
for
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e ty
pe
of
elec
tric
al u
nit b
eing t
este
d
4.3
ca
rry
out
all el
ectr
ical ove
rhau
ling a
ctiv
itie
s fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air
met
hods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y re
quirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
re c
arried
out
to e
nsu
re c
orr
ect
and
effe
ctiv
e oper
atio
n
4
Be
able
to o
verh
aul el
ectr
ical
co
mponen
ts
4.5
en
sure
all
repai
red a
lter
nat
ors
and s
tart
ers
are
secu
re a
nd funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
req
uirem
ents
5.1
pro
duce
wor
k re
cord
s th
at a
re a
ccura
te,
com
ple
te
and p
asse
d t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitab
le a
nd just
ifia
ble
rec
om
men
dat
ions
for
cost
effec
tive
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal
fau
lts
notice
d
during t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
142
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
143
Unit 19: Knowledge of Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
Unit reference number: K/601/6027
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of the operation and fitting of auxiliary locks and security devices to improve the original features and specification of the vehicle and to meet customer requirements.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The identification of different types of auxiliary locks and security devices components
a systems and components to include:
i electronic/electro mechanical lock mechanisms ii additional auxiliary mechanical door locks using cylinder type locks iii additional auxiliary mechanical door/aperture locks using external
locking systems iv mechanical window protection devices (internal and external) v replacement security windows/ window security films vi pneumatic locking systems
The function of components in the auxiliary locks and security devices components
a components include:
i electronic/electro mechanical lock mechanisms ii additional auxiliary mechanical door locks using cylinder type locks iii additional auxiliary mechanical door/aperture locks using external
locking systems iv mechanical window protection devices (internal and external) v replacement security windows/ window security films vi pneumatic locking systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
144
The operating principles of auxiliary locks and security systems
a systems include:
i electronic/electro mechanical lock mechanisms ii additional auxiliary mechanical door locks using cylinder type locks iii additional auxiliary mechanical door/aperture locks using external
locking systems iv mechanical window protection devices (internal and external) v replacement security windows/ window security films vi pneumatic locking systems
The relevant legislation relevant to the auxiliary locks and security systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of auxiliary locks and security systems
Faults and testing methods associated with auxiliary locks and security systems
a test and procedures for the following:
i lock mechanisms ii cylinder locks iii external locks iv window protection devices v pneumatic locks
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
145
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
in
cludin
g:
a el
ectr
onic
and e
lect
ro m
echan
ical
lock
m
echan
ism
s
b
additio
nal
auxi
liary
mec
han
ical door
lock
s usi
ng c
ylin
der
typ
e lo
cks
c ad
ditio
nal
auxi
liary
mec
han
ical door
and
aper
ture
lock
s usi
ng e
xter
nal lo
ckin
g
syst
ems
d
mec
han
ical w
indow
pro
tect
ion d
evic
es
(inte
rnal and e
xter
nal)
e re
pla
cem
ent
secu
rity
win
dow
s an
d w
indow
se
curi
ty f
ilms
f pneu
mat
ic lock
ing s
yste
ms
1.2
des
crib
e th
e fu
nct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f th
e au
xilia
ry lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
oper
ate
1.3
des
crib
e how
the
fitm
ent
may
be
limited
by
the
exis
ting v
ehic
le s
yste
ms
and fitm
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
146
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
co
mpare
the
adva
nta
ges
and d
isad
vanta
ges
of
carr
ying o
ut
the
fitt
ing o
f auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty d
evic
es
1.5
des
crib
e th
e in
tera
ctio
n b
etw
een e
lect
rica
l an
d e
lect
ronic
and m
echan
ical
com
ponen
ts
within
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty d
evic
es
2.1
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in f
itting
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
2.2
des
crib
e how
to inte
gra
te v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s w
ith a
uxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty
dev
ices
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
it a
uxi
liary
lo
cks
and s
ecuri
ty d
evic
es
2.3
des
crib
e how
to a
pply
veh
icle
body
antico
rrosi
on t
o m
eet
vehic
le r
equirem
ents
3.1
des
crib
e th
e ch
ecks
that
are
made
to m
ake
su
re t
he
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
pat
ible
with t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
er
requirem
ents
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
chec
ks t
o a
uxi
liary
lock
s an
d
secu
rity
dev
ices
fitte
d
3.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to t
est
and e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of an
y auxi
liary
lock
s an
d
secu
rity
dev
ices
fitte
d a
gai
nst
veh
icle
sp
ecific
atio
n a
nd t
he
import
ance
of doin
g s
o
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
147
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
des
crib
e how
to p
repare
, ca
libra
te a
nd u
se
any
equip
men
t re
quired
to f
it a
uxi
liary
se
curi
ty d
evic
es
3.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ake
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd t
o a
ny
surr
oundin
g s
yste
ms
to e
nsu
re e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
148
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
149
Unit 20: Skills in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
Unit reference number: H/601/6043
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can carry out a range of vehicle enhancement activities fitting auxiliary locks and security devices. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the fitted auxiliary locks and security devices.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy
4 be observed by an assessor fitting auxiliary locks and security devices (electrical & mechanical) from 2 different systems out of the 6 listed below, which covers the learning outcomes.
a electronic and electro mechanical lock mechanisms
b additional auxiliary mechanical door locks using cylinder type locks
c additional auxiliary mechanical door and aperture locks using external locking systems
d mechanical window protection devices (internal and external)
e replacement security windows and window security films
f pneumatic locking systems
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
150
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
fitting
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
fitt
ing o
f au
xilia
ry lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
fitt
ing o
f au
xilia
ry
lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty d
evic
es incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
rs fitting p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
fitt
ing o
f auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
the
fitt
ing o
f au
xilia
ry lock
s and
secu
rity
dev
ices
3.2
ch
eck
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all
of th
e fitt
ing a
ctiv
itie
s
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
the
fitt
ing
of au
xilia
ry lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty
dev
ices
4.1
en
sure
fitm
ent
of
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
patible
w
ith t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
er’s
req
uirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
151
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.2
ca
rry
out
all
vehic
le fitting a
ctiv
itie
s fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
legal
req
uirem
ents
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
are
carr
ied o
ut
to
ensu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
4.4
en
sure
all
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
co
nfo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
ation
and a
re s
ecure
and f
unct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
req
uirem
ents
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
152
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
153
Unit 21: Knowledge of Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
Unit reference number: F/601/3747
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 20
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of carrying out a range of removal and fitting of basic mechanical, electrical and trim (MET) components and non-permanently fixed light vehicle body panels. It also covers the evaluation of the operation of the components when fitted.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Describe procedures to prevent damage to the vehicle, components and contents when removing, storing and refitting basic MET components
a the methods that can be used to protect undamaged items to ensure they are removed and refitted without causing unnecessary damage:
i bumpers ii headlamp units iii road wheels iv batteries v bonnet and boot trim vi interior trim components vii exterior trim components
b the procedures for the correct storage of vehicle contents
c the process for the reporting of extra damage and items that may have broken when removed or refitted
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
154
The processes involved when handling batteries
a the procedure for the removal, storage and refitting of lead acid batteries
b the procedure for the disposal of lead acid batteries
c battery checks:
i electrolyte ii discharge iii specific gravity
d the charging process and procedures:
i trickle charge ii normal charge iii boost/start
e the health and safety issues involved when charging (explosive gasses)
Types of clips and fixings
a the following types of clips and identify reasons and limitations for their use:
i speed ii ‘c’ iii ‘d’ iv ‘j’ type captive nut v ‘r’ vi ‘u’ type captive nut vii cable clip viii trim clips
b the following types of fixings and identify reasons and limitations for their use:
i pop rivet ii plastic rivet iii plastic capture nut iv nut and bolt v soulder bolt vi ‘Nyloc’ type nuts vii washers viii ‘Spring’ type washers ix self tapping screws and bolts x quick release plastic trim fastenings xi trim tapes xii adhesives and sealers
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
155
The processes involved when carrying out quality checks
a items that may have been ‘workshop’ soiled and describe processes for rectifying:
i door cards ii seats iii carpets iv boot and bonnet trims
b methods for checking gaps
c the process for checking and aligning headlamps:
i address handling procedures for halogen bulbs ii address handling and health and safety issues relating to xenon
bulbs and systems
d operational checks and rectification methods to include:
i lights ii washers and wipers iii SRS systems (checking not rectification) iv charging system (checking not rectification) v horn vi fluid levels vii interior switches viii operation of door lock mechanisms
Removing and fitting non-structural body panels
a find, interpret and use sources of information applicable to the removal and fitting of basic non welded non-structural body panels
b select check and use all the tools and equipment required to remove and fit basic non welded non-structural body panels including:
i hinge pin removers ii spanners iii screwdrivers
c the different types of mechanical fixings for non welded non-structural body panels and when and why they should be used including:
i bolts ii self tapping bolts iii speed nuts iv washers d the correct procedures and processes for removing and fitting of
non welded non-structural body panels e the need for correct alignment of panels and methods to achieve
this f aperture gaps g alignment of panel features h best fit of components to panels i vehicle geometry
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
156
j operation of openings such as doors, tailgates, bonnets etc k the types of quality control checks that can be used to ensure
correct alignment and contour of panels and operation of components to manufacturer’s specification
l the method of storing removed panels and the importance of storing them correctly
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
157
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in c
arry
out
the
syst
emat
ic r
emova
l an
d fitting o
f basi
c lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts t
o t
he
stan
dar
d
required
incl
udin
g:
a bum
per
s
b
hea
dla
mp u
nits
c ro
ad w
hee
ls
d
bat
teries
e bonnet
and b
oot
trim
f in
teri
or
trim
com
ponen
ts
g
exte
rior
trim
com
ponen
ts
1.2
id
entify
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in w
ork
ing
with s
upple
men
tary
saf
ety
syst
ems
when
fitt
ing b
asic
lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts
1.3
id
entify
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in w
ork
ing
with g
as
dis
char
ge
hea
dla
mp s
yste
ms
when
fitt
ing b
asic
lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
rem
ova
l and fitting o
f basi
c lig
ht
vehic
le m
echan
ical
el
ectr
ical
and t
rim
(M
ET)
com
ponen
ts
1.4
ex
pla
in t
he
met
hods
and p
roce
dure
s fo
r st
oring r
emove
d lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET
com
ponen
ts
1.5
id
entify
the
diffe
rent
types
of
fast
enin
gs
and
fixi
ngs
use
d w
hen
rem
ovi
ng a
nd fitting lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
158
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.6
ex
pla
in t
he
reaso
ns
for
the
use
of diffe
rent
types
of
fast
enin
gs
and fix
ings
use
d in lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts
1.7
ex
pla
in t
he
pro
cedure
s, m
ethods
and r
easo
ns
for
ensu
ring c
orr
ect
alig
nm
ent
of lig
ht
vehic
le
MET c
om
ponen
ts
1.8
id
entify
the
qual
ity
chec
ks t
hat
can
be
use
d
to e
nsu
re c
orr
ect
alig
nm
ent
and o
per
atio
n o
f lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts
1.9
id
entify
corr
ect
confo
rmity
of
vehic
le s
yste
ms
agai
nst
lig
ht
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd leg
al
requirem
ents
on c
om
ple
tion
1.1
0
expla
in t
he
pro
cedure
for
report
ing c
osm
etic
dam
age
to lig
ht
vehic
le M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd
units
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
rem
ova
l and fitting o
f basi
c lig
ht
vehic
le n
on p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d v
ehic
le b
ody
panel
s
2.1
id
entify
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in c
arry
out
the
syst
emat
ic r
emova
l an
d fitting o
f basi
c lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-s
truct
ura
l body
pan
els
to t
he
stan
dar
d r
equired
incl
udin
g:
a w
ings
b
doors
c bonnet
s
d
boot
lids
and t
ailg
ates
e bum
per
bars
, co
vers
and c
om
ponen
ts
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
159
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
id
entify
the
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in w
ork
ing
with s
upple
men
tary
saf
ety
syst
ems
when
fitt
ing b
asic
lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-
stru
ctura
l body
pan
els
2.3
ex
pla
in t
he
met
hods
and p
roce
dure
s fo
r st
oring r
emove
d lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-s
truct
ura
l body
pan
els
2.4
id
entify
the
diffe
rent
types
of
fast
enin
gs
and
fixi
ngs
use
d w
hen
rem
ovi
ng a
nd fitting lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-s
truct
ura
l body
pan
els
2.5
ex
pla
in t
he
reaso
ns
for
the
use
of diffe
rent
types
of
fast
enin
gs
and fix
ings
use
d in lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-s
truct
ura
l body
pan
els
2.6
ex
pla
in t
he
pro
cedure
s, m
ethods
and r
easo
ns
for
ensu
ring c
orr
ect
alig
nm
ent
of lig
ht
vehic
le
non-w
elded
, non-s
truct
ura
l body
pan
els
2.7
id
entify
the
qual
ity
chec
ks t
hat
can
be
use
d
to e
nsu
re c
orr
ect
alig
nm
ent
and o
per
atio
n o
f lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-s
truct
ura
l body
pan
els
2.8
id
entify
corr
ect
confo
rmity
of
vehic
le s
yste
ms
agai
nst
lig
ht
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd leg
al
requirem
ents
on c
om
ple
tion
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
160
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.9
ex
pla
in t
he
pro
cedure
for
report
ing c
osm
etic
dam
age
to lig
ht
vehic
le n
on-w
elded
, non-
stru
ctura
l body
pan
els
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
161
Unit 22: Skills in Removing and Fitting Basic Motor Mechanical, Electrical and Trim Components and non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
Unit reference number: K/601/3869
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 20
Unit Summary
This unit allows the learner to demonstrate they can carry out a range of removal and fitting of basic mechanical, electrical and trim (MET) components and non-permanently fixed light vehicle body panels. It also covers the evaluation of the operation of the components when fitted.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence from your normal workplace of removing and replacing 4 of the 12 units or components from the list below on at least 2 occasions.
a bumpers
b headlamp units
c road wheels
d batteries
e bonnet fittings
f interior trim components
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
162
g exterior trim components
h wings
i doors
j bonnets
k boot lids and tailgates
l bumper bars, covers and components
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
163
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
all lig
ht
vehic
le r
emova
l and fitting o
f basi
c M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
rem
ova
l an
d
fitt
ing o
f bas
ic M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-
per
man
ently
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le
body
pan
els
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le r
emova
l an
d fitting a
ctiv
itie
s in
cludin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
rem
ova
l and fitting p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le r
emova
l an
d fitting a
ctiv
itie
s
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
rem
ova
l an
d f
itting
of basi
c M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-
per
man
ently
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
164
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng r
emova
l and fitting o
f basi
c M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
4.1
re
move
and fit b
asi
c M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd
non-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
4.2
en
sure
that
the
rem
ova
l an
d f
itting o
f basi
c M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d
light
vehic
le b
ody
panel
s co
nfo
rms
to t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
ation a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
no d
amag
e occ
urs
to o
ther
co
mponen
ts w
hen
rem
ova
l an
d fitting o
f bas
ic M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
rem
ova
l an
d fitting o
f basi
c M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-
per
man
ently
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le
body
pan
els
4.4
en
sure
all
com
ponen
ts a
nd p
anel
s ar
e st
ore
d
safe
ly a
nd in t
he
corr
ect
loca
tion
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
165
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
166
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
167
Unit 23: Competency in Locating and Correcting Simple Electrical Faults in the Automotive Workplace
Unit reference number: H/601/6057
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in conducting a range of routine electrical tests and identifying simple faults on a variety of basic electrical components and undertaking suitable correction activities.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence of locating and correcting simple faults occurring in 7 out of the 11* engine systems listed, at least 5 of which must come from work carried out in your normal workplace.
a power storage devices
b power generating devices
c vehicle starting devices
d vehicle lighting devices
e wiring harness and connection devices
f vehicle sensors and actuators
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
168
g circuit protection devices
h information and entertainment systems
i telematic and tracking systems
j security systems
k communication systems
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 2 occasions, each observation covering the location and correction of the fault in different systems.
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in locating and correcting faults in all the systems.
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in location and correction on no more than 2 occasions.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
169
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l te
stin
g a
nd
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
elec
tric
al te
stin
g
tech
niq
ues
and r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
iden
tifica
tion o
f el
ectr
ical
fau
lts,
by
revi
ewin
g:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
iden
tifica
tion o
f el
ectr
ical
fau
lts
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
elec
tric
al t
esting
tech
niq
ues
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
elec
tric
al te
stin
g t
echniq
ues
and
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
170
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
ca
rry
out
a funct
ionalit
y te
st o
f th
e el
ectr
ical
sy
stem
and o
r co
mponen
t
4.2
use
ele
ctrica
l te
stin
g m
ethods
that
are
su
itab
le f
or
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of
the
elec
tric
al s
yste
m a
nd o
r co
mponen
ts
conce
rned
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
elec
tric
al t
esting t
echniq
ues
cle
arly
id
entifies
the
cause
of th
e id
entified
fau
lts
4.5
se
ek a
ssis
tance
of
the
rele
vant
per
son
pro
mptly
wher
e th
e re
sults
of th
e te
stin
g a
re
uncl
ear
4.6
en
sure
all
repai
red a
nd r
epla
ced e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
re s
ecure
and funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
re
quirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
elec
tric
al
test
ing t
echniq
ues
and
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
4.7
dis
pose
of
any
rem
ove
d e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts s
afel
y to
com
ply
with leg
al
requirem
ents
and w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
171
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.8
co
mple
te a
ll el
ectr
ical
fau
lt loca
tion a
nd
corr
ection a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed
tim
esca
le
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
172
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
173
Unit 24: Competency in Enhancing Vehicle Electrical Systems
Unit reference number: K/601/6061
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in carrying out a range of vehicle enhancement activities to improve the original vehicle features and specification and to meet customer requirements.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence from your normal workplace of carrying out electrical enhancement from 4 different systems out of the 10 listed below *.
a audio systems
b visual systems
c communication equipment
d safety fitments
e lamps
f tow bars
g reversing aids
h navigation systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
174
i alarm systems
j immobilization system
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion carrying out the electrical enhancement
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of all the types of electrical enhancements listed above.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
175
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
activi
ties
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le
enhan
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s, b
y re
view
ing
man
ufa
cture
r:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
fitt
ing p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
vehic
le
enhan
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
176
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
4.1
en
sure
prior
to fitm
ent
that
com
ponen
ts a
re
com
patible
with t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd
the
cust
om
er’s
req
uirem
ents
4.2
ca
rry
out
all
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
legal
req
uirem
ents
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
are
carr
ied o
ut
to
ensu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
4.4
en
sure
all
enhan
ced v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
re s
ecure
and funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
re
quirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
vehic
le
elec
tric
al e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
4.5
co
mple
te a
ll ve
hic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
w
ithin
the
agre
ed t
imes
cale
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
177
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
178
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
179
Unit 25: Competency in Inspecting Vehicles Using Prescribed Methods
Unit reference number: K/601/6108
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 8
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in carrying out a range of light vehicle inspections on vehicles using a variety of prescribed testing and inspection methods.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence from your normal workplace of carrying out 3 different inspection activities from the 4 listed below *.
a pre-work
b installed system functional check
c post-work
d vehicle handover inspection
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
180
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 2 occasions one from each area
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of all the types of inspection activities listed above.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
181
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le insp
ection a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
light
vehic
le
insp
ections
usi
ng p
resc
ribed
m
ethods
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le insp
ection
activi
ties
incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
insp
ection p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le insp
ection a
ctiv
itie
s
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
a ra
nge
of
insp
ections
on lig
ht
vehic
le s
yste
ms
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
use
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d
by
man
ufa
cture
rs w
hen
carr
ying o
ut
a ra
nge
of in
spec
tions
on lig
ht
vehic
le s
yste
ms
incl
udin
g:
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
182
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
ca
rry
out
light
vehic
le insp
ections
usi
ng
pre
scribed
met
hods,
adher
ing t
o t
he
spec
ific
atio
ns
and t
ole
rance
s fo
r th
e ve
hic
le
and follo
win
g:
a th
e m
anufa
cture
r’s
appro
ved insp
ection
met
hods
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
insp
ection m
ethods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
d
pre
scribed
docu
men
tation
4.2
en
sure
that
insp
ecte
d lig
ht
vehic
le c
onfo
rms
to t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
any
com
par
ison o
f th
e ve
hic
le a
gain
st
spec
ific
atio
n a
ccura
tely
iden
tifies
any:
a diffe
rence
s fr
om
the
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n
b
vehic
le a
ppea
rance
and c
onditio
n fau
lts
4.4
use
suitable
tes
ting m
ethods
to e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
the
insp
ecte
d s
yste
ms
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
light
vehic
le insp
ections
usi
ng
pre
scribed
met
hods
4.5
w
ork
to t
he
spec
ifie
d t
imes
cale
for
the
activi
ty
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
183
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
184
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
185
Unit 26: Competency in Removing and Replacing Light Vehicle Electrical Units and Components
Unit reference number: Y/601/3771
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to demonstrate competency in removing and replacing motor vehicle electrical system components. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence of removing and replacing at least 5 units or components, each from a different electrical system. At least 4 of these 5 pieces of evidence must come from work in your normal workplace.
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion in your normal workplace carrying out the removal and replacement of at least 1 of the following*:
a engine starting
b battery charging
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
186
6 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion in your normal workplace successfully carrying out the removal and replacement of electrical units and components *:
a lighting
b wiper
c security and alarm
d comfort and convenience
e information and entertainment
f telephone and two-way communication
g electric window systems
h monitoring and instrumentation systems
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of all the systems listed above.
Simulated activities will be acceptable to assess candidates’ removal and replacement competence on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
187
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
when
work
ing o
n lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s an
d c
om
ponen
ts
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
rem
ova
l an
d
repla
cem
ent
activi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l unit a
nd c
om
ponen
t re
mova
l and
repla
cem
ent
activi
ties
incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
rem
ova
l and r
epla
cem
ent
pro
cedure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
uppor
t lig
ht
vehic
le
elec
tric
al u
nit a
nd c
om
ponen
t re
mov
al a
nd
repla
cem
ent
activi
ties
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
rem
ova
l an
d r
epla
cem
ent
of
moto
r ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
com
ponen
ts
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
188
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
use
the
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs t
o r
emove
and
repla
ce m
oto
r ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s:
a au
xilia
ry
4.1
re
move
and r
epla
ce t
he
moto
r ve
hic
le’s
el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s an
d c
om
ponen
ts,
adher
ing
to t
he
spec
ific
atio
ns
and t
ole
rance
s fo
r th
e ve
hic
le a
nd follo
win
g:
a th
e m
anufa
cture
r’s
appro
ved r
emova
l an
d
repla
cem
ent
met
hods
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.2
en
sure
that
repla
cem
ent
moto
r ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al u
nits
and c
om
ponen
ts c
onfo
rm t
o
the
vehic
le o
per
ating s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.3
use
suitable
tes
ting m
ethods
to e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of
the
reas
sem
ble
d s
yste
m
4.4
en
sure
that
the
reass
emble
d m
oto
r ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd m
eets
any
legal
requirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
rem
ova
l an
d r
epla
cem
ent
of lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l units
and
com
ponen
ts
4.5
co
mple
te a
ll th
e sy
stem
dia
gnost
ic a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed t
imes
cale
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
189
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
190
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
191
Unit 27: Competency in the Overhauling of Electrical Components
Unit reference number: J/601/6066
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in the overhauling of starting, charging and other electrical units.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence of carrying out electrical overhauling activities from 4 different electrical units, covering at least 2 of the areas listed below. At least 3 of which must come from work carried out in your normal workplace.
a generators
b starters
c motors
d actuators
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 2 occasions carrying out electrical overhauling activities
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in electrical overhauling on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
192
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ove
rhau
ling v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ove
rhau
ling e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
elec
tric
al o
verh
aul
activi
ties
, by
revi
ewin
g m
anufa
cture
rs:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
rs o
verh
aulin
g p
roce
dure
s
c te
st p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
elec
tric
al o
verh
aul ac
tivi
ties
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
the
elec
tric
al
ove
rhau
l act
ivitie
s
3.2
ch
eck
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
elec
tric
al ove
rhau
l ac
tivi
ties
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
193
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
en
sure
initia
l ass
essm
ent
and t
esting
met
hods
of el
ectr
ical
units
iden
tifies
ac
cura
tely
the
conditio
n a
nd s
uitab
ility
for
reco
nditio
nin
g,
repair o
r re
pla
cem
ent
4.2
use
ele
ctrica
l te
stin
g m
ethods
whic
h a
re
suitab
le f
or
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of
the
type
of el
ectr
ical
unit b
eing t
este
d
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
elec
tric
al o
verh
aulin
g a
ctiv
itie
s fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
re c
arri
ed o
ut
to e
nsu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
4.5
en
sure
all
repai
red a
lter
nat
ors
and s
tart
ers
are
secu
re a
nd f
unct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
req
uirem
ents
4
Be
able
to o
verh
aul el
ectr
ical
com
ponen
ts
4.6
co
mple
te a
ll th
e el
ectr
ical
ove
rhau
l ac
tivi
ties
w
ithin
the
agre
ed t
imes
cale
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
194
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
sons
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
195
Unit 28: Competency in Fitting Auxiliary Locks and Security Devices (Electrical & Mechanical)
Unit reference number: D/601/6106
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in carrying out a range of vehicle enhancement activities fitting auxiliary locks and security devices. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the fitted auxiliary locks and security devices.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence of fitting auxiliary locks and security devices (electrical and mechanical) from 2 different systems out of the 6 listed below * At least 1 pieces of evidence must come from work carried out in your normal workplace
a electronic and electro mechanical lock mechanisms
b additional auxiliary mechanical door locks using cylinder type locks
c additional auxiliary mechanical door and aperture locks using external locking systems
d mechanical window protection devices (internal and external)
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
196
e replacement security windows and window security films
f pneumatic locking systems
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion carrying out the electrical enhancement
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of all the types of auxiliary locks and security devices listed above.
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in diagnosis and rectification on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
197
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
fitting
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
fitt
ing o
f au
xilia
ry lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
fitt
ing o
f au
xilia
ry
lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty d
evic
es incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
rs fitting p
roce
dure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
fitt
ing o
f auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
the
fitt
ing o
f au
xilia
ry lock
s and
secu
rity
dev
ices
3.2
ch
eck
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all
of th
e fitt
ing a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
198
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
en
sure
fitm
ent
of
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
patible
w
ith t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
er’s
req
uirem
ents
4.2
ca
rry
out
all
vehic
le fitting a
ctiv
itie
s fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
legal
req
uirem
ents
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
are
carr
ied o
ut
to
ensu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
4.4
en
sure
all
auxi
liary
lock
s an
d s
ecurity
dev
ices
co
nfo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
ation
and a
re s
ecure
and f
unct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
req
uirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
the
fitt
ing
of au
xilia
ry lock
s an
d s
ecuri
ty
dev
ices
4.5
co
mple
te a
ll ve
hic
le fitting a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
th
e ag
reed
tim
esca
le
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
199
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
200
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
201
Unit 29: Competency in Removing and Fitting Basic Light Vehicle Mechanical, Electrical and Trim (MET) Components and Non Permanently Fixed Vehicle Body Panels
Unit reference number: J/601/3751
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to demonstrate competency in removing and fitting basic mechanical, electrical and trim (MET) components and non-permanently fixed light vehicle body panels. It also covers the evaluation of the operation of the components when fitted.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
4 produce evidence from your normal workplace of removing and replacing 6 of the 12 units or components from the list below on at least 2 occasions.
a bumpers
b headlamp units
c road wheels
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
202
d batteries
e bonnet fittings
f interior trim components
g exterior trim components
h wings
i doors
j bonnets
k boot lids and tailgates
l bumper bars, covers and components
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 2 occasions, each observation covering the removal and replacement of different units.
Evidence from simulated activities is acceptable for this unit on no more than 20% in line with the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
203
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
all lig
ht
vehic
le r
emova
l and fitting o
f basi
c M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
rem
ova
l an
d
fitt
ing o
f bas
ic M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-
per
man
ently
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le
body
pan
els
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le r
emova
l an
d fitting a
ctiv
itie
s in
cludin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
rem
ova
l and fitting p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
lig
ht
vehic
le r
emova
l an
d fitting a
ctiv
itie
s
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
rem
ova
l an
d f
itting
of basi
c M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-
per
man
ently
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
204
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng r
emova
l and fitting o
f basi
c M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
4.1
re
move
and fit b
asi
c M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd
non-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
4.2
en
sure
that
the
rem
ova
l an
d f
itting o
f basi
c M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d
light
vehic
le b
ody
panel
s co
nfo
rms
to t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
ation a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
no d
amag
e occ
urs
to o
ther
co
mponen
ts w
hen
rem
ova
l an
d fitting o
f bas
ic M
ET c
om
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-p
erm
anen
tly
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le b
ody
pan
els
4.4
en
sure
all
com
ponen
ts a
nd p
anel
s ar
e st
ore
d
safe
ly a
nd in t
he
corr
ect
loca
tion
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
rem
ova
l an
d fitting o
f basi
c M
ET
com
ponen
ts a
nd n
on-
per
man
ently
fixe
d lig
ht
vehic
le
body
pan
els
4.5
co
mple
te a
ll act
ivitie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed
tim
esca
le
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
205
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
206
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
207
Unit 30: Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: A/601/3746
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of diagnosis and rectification of vehicle auxiliary electrical systems and their units. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The electrical principles that are related to light vehicle electrical circuits:
a Ohms law
b voltage
c power
d current (AC and DC)
e resistance
f magnetism
g electromagnetism and electromagnetic induction
h digital and fibre optic principles
i electrical units and symbols
j electrical and electronic terminology
k relevant electrical safety
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
208
Battery and Charging
a the construction and operation of vehicle batteries including:
i low maintenance and maintenance free ii lead acid and nickel cadmium types iii cells iv separators v plates vi electrolyte
b the operation of the vehicle charging system:
i alternator ii rotor iii stator iv slip ring v brush assembly vi three phase output vii diode rectification pack viii voltage regulation ix phased winding connections x cooling fan xi alternator drive system
Starting
a the layout, construction and operation of engine starting systems: inertia and pre-engaged principles
b the function and operation of the following components:
i inertia and pre-engaged starter motor ii starter ring gear iii pinion iv starter solenoid v ignition/starter switch vi starter relay (if appropriate) vii one-way clutch (pre-engaged starter motor)
Lighting systems and technology
a lighting systems should include:
i Xenon lighting ii gas discharge lighting iii ballast system iv LED v intelligent front lighting vi blue lights vii complex reflectors viii fibre optic ix optical patterning
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
209
Lighting circuits and the relationship between each circuit
a circuits must include:
i sidelights including number plate lights and marker lights ii dipped beam iii main beam iv dim/dip v indicators and hazard lights vi high intensity and fog light
Common faults and testing methods associated with external lighting system
a fault diagnosis for:
i lighting systems failing to operate correctly ii switches iii relays iv bulbs failing to operate
The operating principles of external lighting systems and multiplexing systems
a to include all external lighting systems and a good knowledge of multiplexing systems
The different types of electric windows, and mirror systems and components
a components should include:
i window ii mirror motors iii multi-functional switches iv relays v total closure modules
The function of component parts in the electric window and mirror systems
a components must include:
i motors ii relays iii interfaces iv modules v switches
The operating principles of electric windows and mirror systems
a operating principles of the following:
i motors ii interfaces iii switches iv modules
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
210
Common faults and testing methods associated with electric windows mirror systems
a fault diagnosis for:
i electric windows failing to open or close ii electric mirrors fail to adjust iii slow operation on both systems
The different types of screen heating systems and components
a systems must include:
i heated front screens ii heated rear screens iii heated mirrors
The function and operating principles of components for heated screen and mirror systems
a components must include:
i front screen elements ii mirror elements iii time control relays iv multifunction relays and switched
Common faults and testing methods associated with heated screen and mirror systems
a faults must include:
i screen elements not operating ii timer relays not operating and staying on permanently
The different types of In Car Entertainment (ICE) systems and components
a systems and components must include:
i radio CD and multi play units ii DVD players iii MP3 players iv speakers v aerial systems vi amplifiers vii V.D.U. screens viii Satellite Navigation ix communication units
The function of components in ICE systems
a systems include:
i radios ii CD players iii video players iv DVD players
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
211
v aerial systems vi speakers vii amplifiers viii VDU screens ix mobile communication units
The operating principles of ICE systems
a operation of entertainment systems speaker and aerial systems
Common faults and testing methods associated with ICE systems
a faults to include:
i entertainment and navigation units not operating ii speaker, aerial and amplifier systems not functioning correctly iii excessive radio interference (suppression) iv use of diagnostic computers and systems
The different types of integrated security/warning systems and components
a components to include:
i control units ii alarm modules iii audible warning units iv immobiliser units v sensing units vi horn vii audible warning speakers
The function of component parts in integrated security and warning systems
a components to include
i control units ii alarm modules iii audible warning units iv interior sensing systems v immobiliser units vi relays vii LED’s viii horns
The operating principles of integrated security and warning systems
a operation of alarm systems and audible warning units
The relevant legislation relevant to security and warning systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of security and warning systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
212
Common faults and testing methods associated with security and warning systems
a components to include:
i control units ii audible warning units iii immobiliser units iv horns v relays vi LED’s vii wiring viii connections and protection devices ix removal and refitting procedures x using computer diagnostics to identify faults xi use of manufacturers diagnostic equipment
The different wiper system components
a components must include:
i wiper motors ii washer motors iii wiper linkage iv multifunction relays v headlamp wash/wipe
The function of component wiper and washer components
a components and systems must include:
i wiper motors ii intermittent wash wipe relays iii parking systems
The operating principles, faults and testing methods of wiper and washer systems
a principles, fault diagnosis and testing for:
i wiper motors failing ii damaged linkages iii incorrect operation of intermittent and parking systems iv earth faults v control unit failure
The different heater, cooling system components and air con
a components include:
i heater motors ii speed rheostats iii switches iv valves v radiator cooling fan motors
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
213
vi relays vii air conditioning units
The function of component heater, cooling parts and air conditioning
a components include:
i heater motors ii rheostats iii valves iv switches v relays vi cooling fan motors vii air conditioning units viii thermostatic switches
The operating principles of heater, cooling systems and air conditioning
a principles to include:
i conduction ii convection iii radiation iv circulation v boiling points vi states of matter (Gas, liquid, solid) vii temperature control viii antifreeze mixtures ix heat transfer
Common faults and testing methods associated with heater, cooling systems and air conditioning
a fault diagnosis for:
i heater motor failing to operate on all/one speed ii radiator cooling fan not operating iii valves iv relays v switches not operating vi electrical related faults on the air conditioning system
The different types of locking system components
a door locking actuators, solenoids, deadlocking actuators, anti-theft modules
The function of component parts in the locking system
a solenoids, actuators (electrical and pneumatic), multifunctional relays, anti-theft modules and release systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
214
The operating principles of locking systems
a doors and cabs
Common faults and testing methods associated with locking systems
a door locking actuators, solenoids, connections, wiring, relays, and protection
i devices/fuses
The different types of Supplementary Restraint and Airbag systems
a components include:
i control units ii sensors iii seat belt pretensioners iv airbag assemblies v wiring systems vi warning systems
The function of component parts in the Supplementary Restraint and Airbag systems
a components include:
i control units ii interfaces iii sensors iv airbag units v pretensioners
The operating principles of Supplementary Restraint and Airbag systems
a operation of the sensors
b operation of the airbag unit
c operation of the various types of pretension
d safe handling procedures and regulations
Common faults and testing methods associated Supplementary Restraint and Airbag systems
a fault diagnosis for Airbag and SRS faults:
i fault code identification ii wiring faults iii component failure iv earth problems v sensor faults
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
215
How to examine, measure and make suitable adjustments to components are:
a settings
b input and output values
c voltages
d current consumption
e resistance
f input and output patterns with oscilloscope (including frequency and duty cycle measurements)
g condition
h wear and performance
How to select, prepare and use diagnostic and rectification equipment for automotive auxiliary electrical systems:
a voltmeters
b ammeters
c ohmmeters
d multi-meters
e battery testing equipment
f dedicated and computer based diagnostic equipment
g oscilloscopes
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
216
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
ex
pla
in t
he
princi
ple
s of el
ectr
ical in
puts
, outp
uts
, vo
ltag
es a
nd o
scill
osc
ope
patt
erns,
dig
ital an
d fib
re o
ptics
1.2
ex
pla
in t
he
princi
ple
s of
senso
r in
puts
, co
mpute
r pro
cess
ing a
nd a
ctuato
r outp
uts
1.3
id
entify
sen
sor
types
(pass
ive
and a
ctiv
e)
1
Under
stan
d v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l an
d
elec
tronic
princi
ple
s
1.4
id
entify
the
elec
tric
al princi
ple
s th
at a
re
rela
ted t
o lig
ht
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l ci
rcuits
2.1
id
entify
adva
nce
d a
uto
motive
auxi
liary
el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
com
ponen
ts
2.2
ex
pla
in t
he
const
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f au
tom
otive
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s
2.3
ex
pla
in t
he
inte
ract
ion b
etw
een e
lect
rica
l,
elec
tronic
and m
echanic
al c
om
ponen
ts w
ithin
th
e sy
stem
def
ined
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
lig
ht
vehic
le
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s oper
ate
2.4
ex
pla
in t
he
oper
ation o
f th
e el
ectr
ical an
d
elec
tronic
sys
tem
s fo
r el
ectr
ic,
hyb
rid a
nd
alte
rnat
ive
fuel
veh
icle
s in
cludin
g
regen
erative
bra
king s
yste
ms
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
217
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s in
terlin
k an
d
inte
ract
, in
cludin
g m
ultip
lexi
ng a
nd fib
re
optics
2.6
co
mpare
auto
motive
auxi
liary
ele
ctri
cal
syst
em c
om
ponen
ts a
nd a
ssem
blie
s ag
ain
st
alte
rnat
ives
to iden
tify
diffe
rence
s in
co
nst
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n
3.1
ex
pla
in t
he
sym
pto
ms
and c
ause
s of
faults
found in a
uto
motive
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s
3.2
ex
pla
in s
yste
mat
ic d
iagnost
ic t
echniq
ues
use
d in iden
tify
ing a
uto
motive
auxi
liary
el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
fau
lts
3.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xam
ine,
mea
sure
and m
ake
su
itab
le a
dju
stm
ents
to c
om
ponen
ts
3.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
arry
out
the
rect
ific
atio
n
activi
ties
in o
rder
to c
orr
ect
the
faults
in t
he
auto
motive
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to d
iagnose
and
rect
ify
faults
in a
uxi
liary
ele
ctri
cal
syst
ems
3.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
elec
t, p
repar
e and u
se
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion e
quip
men
t fo
r au
tom
otive
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
218
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
valu
ate
and inte
rpre
t te
st
resu
lts
found in d
iagnosi
ng a
uto
motive
au
xilia
ry e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
fau
lts
again
st
vehic
le m
anufa
cture
r sp
ecific
atio
ns
and
sett
ings
3.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
valu
ate
the
oper
atio
n o
f co
mponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
follo
win
g d
iagnosi
s an
d r
epai
r to
confirm
sys
tem
per
form
ance
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
219
Unit 31: Skills in Diagnosing and Rectifying Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: H/601/3868
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can diagnose and rectify automotive vehicle auxiliary electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced or repaired units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2. produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor carrying out diagnosis and rectification activities from 3 different systems out of the 14 listed below, which covers the learning outcomes. The fault should involve a 2 or more step diagnostic activity.
a lighting systems
b heated seats
c electrically adjusted seats
d heated screens
e electric mirrors
f electric sunroofs
g electric windows
h heating and ventilation systems
i information and entertainment systems
j communication systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
220
k SRS
l wash wipe
m locking systems
n security and warning systems
o alternators
p starter motors
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion, covering the diagnosis and rectification of a fault.
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of faults occurring in all the types of electrical systems.
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in diagnosis and rectification on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
221
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l dia
gnost
ic a
nd
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
auto
motive
veh
icle
au
xilia
ry e
lect
rica
l dia
gnost
ic
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmation t
o s
upport
auto
motive
veh
icle
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s in
cludin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
suff
icie
nt
dia
gnost
ic info
rmat
ion in a
sy
stem
atic
way
to e
nab
le a
n a
ccura
te
dia
gnosi
s of au
tom
otive
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
fau
lts
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
an
d e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all
auto
motive
auxi
liary
el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
222
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
use
dia
gnost
ic m
ethods
that
are
rel
evan
t to
th
e sy
mpto
ms
pre
sente
d
4.2
ev
aluat
e yo
ur
ass
essm
ent
of
dis
man
tled
sub-
asse
mblie
s an
d iden
tify
thei
r co
nditio
n a
nd
suitab
ility
for
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
accu
rate
ly
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
repai
red o
r re
pla
cem
ent
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
confo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
4.5
ad
just
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
corr
ectly
to
ensu
re t
hat
they
oper
ate
to m
eet
syst
em
requirem
ents
4.6
use
tes
ting m
ethods
that
are
suitab
le for
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e sy
stem
re
ctifie
d
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
auto
motive
ve
hic
le a
uxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l dia
gnosi
s, r
ectifica
tion a
nd t
est
activi
ties
4.7
en
sure
the
rect
ifie
d a
uto
motive
auxi
liary
el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
223
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
224
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
225
Unit 32: Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: K/503/6879
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of diagnosis and rectification of engine electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Advanced battery technology
a batteries must include:
i maintenance free ii sodium-nickel-chloride iii fuel cell iv sodium sulphur and swing lead acid v fuel cell
b electrochemistry
c calculation on battery efficiency/rating
Battery condition and faults
a faults including:
i battery not holding charge ii unwanted drain iii diluted electrolyte iv Impurities in electrolyte v excessive gassing vi low state of charge vii sulphating viii excessive volt drop during component operation
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
226
ix open circuit cell x overcharging xi temperature related faults
Operating principles charging systems
a charging systems should include:
i alternators with internal and external regulators ii water cooled alternators iii integrated alternators (ISAD) iv dynalto systems
b electrical loads imposed by vehicle systems
c rectification and regulation
Test procedures for diagnosing faults with charging systems
a stages in the fault finding process to include:
i hand and eye checks ii supply voltage iii generator outputs iv under and off load testing for rectification and regulation v bench testing vi vehicle testing
Symptoms of faults found on charging systems.
a faults to include:
i charging light inoperative ii charging light staying on all the time iii battery discharges during normal operation iv high resistance in charging circuits v loose broken wiring/connections
b internal faults:
i diode open circuit ii worn brushes iii regulator faults iv rotor open circuit v stator open circuit
Advanced charging system technology
a charge balance calculation
b charging system problems and solutions including:
i upgrading alternator ii power management systems iii two stage iv dual voltage systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
227
Advanced starting system technology
a outputs in relation to engine size:
i speed ii torque iii power iv efficiency
b system design characteristics:
i DC motor characteristics ii parallel iii shunt iv compound v series
c electronic starter control
d high voltage systems
e inhibitor circuits
f starter types to include:
i pre – engaged ii permanent magnet for heavy and diesel vehicles iii integrated starters
Faults and diagnostic procedures for starting systems
a components to include:
i solenoid ii armature iii commutator iv brush assemblies v drive systems vi ignition switches vii torque drive systems
b faults to include:
i battery ii wiring iii starter switch iv inhibitor switch v pinion vi flywheel vii bearings viii internal starter components
c identify stages of fault finding
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
228
Ignition system technology
a components to include:
i ignition switch ii oil packs iii spark plugs and leads iv distributors and amplifier units v knock sensor vi engine speed sensor vii manifold sensor viii coolant sensor ix ECU
b materials used in component manufacture
c systems top include:
i constant energy systems ii hall effect iii inductive pulse iv open and closed loop v distributorless ignition vi direct ignition vii advance angle timing viii integrated ignition circuit
The construction of ignition components
a spark plugs including:
i heat range ii electrode gap iii choosing correct plug
b ignition components to include:
i ignition switch ii coil packs and leads iii resistors iv amplifier units v electronic systems
Faults and diagnostic procedures for ignition systems
a diagnostic equipment and procedures relating to the ignition system and components including:
i wiring, and connections ii code readers iii oscilloscopes iv ohmmeter v volt meter vi other dedicated equipment vii testing sequences
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
229
b faults to include:
i no spark ii cold and hot starting problems iii erratic running iv damp components v worn components vi incorrect plug gaps vii high resistance in circuit viii intermittent connections ix incorrect timing x coil or distributor cap tracking xi HT breaking down xii running on when switched off xiii pinking and knocking xiv misfire xv erratic idle xvi lack of power xvii backfire and fouling
The operation and requirements of fuel systems
a fuel systems to include:
i single point ii multi point control layout iii sequential multi point iv diesel fuel injection v petrol injection vi computer controlled vii lean burn viii common rail ix catalytic converters
b theories and terms to include:
i combustion ii burn range and rate iii detonation iv mixture strength effects v air-fuel ratios vi fuelling and emissions vii CoNox viii HC ix exhaust emission regulations
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
230
The function of fuel system components and the relationship between components
a petrol fuel systems:
i stepper motors ii sensors iii injectors iv fuel pumps v relays vi cold start vii lambda sensors viii idle control actuators ix single and multipoint injection systems x throttle valve potentiometer xi phase sensor
b compression ignition systems:
i engine stop solenoid ii injectors iii fuel pumps iv relays v heater plugs vi injection pumps vii high pressure pumps viii filters
c block, flow and circuit diagrams
Faults and diagnostic procedures for fuel system systems
a the stages of fault finding
b diagnostic procedures for including:
i the use of fault code readers ii oscilloscopes iii break out boxes iv on-board diagnostics v other dedicated equipment
c faults:
i no fuel ii filters dirty or blocked iii fuel pump iv hot and cold start v erratic idle vi misfire vii stalling viii lack of power ix backfire x incorrect co xi air leaks
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
231
The operation of engine management components and relationship with vehicle systems
a components:
i ecu units ii input sensors iii output actuators
b data flow, distribution and interconnection
c control of phases:
i starting ii enrichment iii cold running iv idle v full load vi acceleration vii deceleration viii engine speed limitation
d CANBUS
e performance mapping implications
f block, flow and circuit diagrams
Faults and diagnostic procedures for engine management systems
a the stages of fault finding
b diagnostic procedures including:
i the use of fault code readers ii oscilloscope iii break out boxes iv on-board diagnostics v other dedicated equipment
c faults:
i engine fails to start ii hot and cold start iii erratic idle iv misfire v hesitation under acceleration or constant speed vi knock vii poor response viii poor fuel consumption ix incorrect co x poor performance xi limp home mode xii fuses
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
232
Adjustments to components are:
a settings
b input and output values
c voltages
d current consumption
e resistance
f output patterns with oscilloscope
g condition
h wear and performance
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
233
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
engin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
com
ponen
ts
1.2
ex
pla
in t
he
const
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f en
gin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s to
incl
ude:
a st
arting s
yste
ms
b
char
gin
g s
yste
ms
c en
gin
e m
anag
emen
t sy
stem
s
d
elec
tric
al c
om
ponen
ts o
f th
e co
olin
g
syst
em
1.3
ex
pla
in t
he
inte
ract
ion b
etw
een e
lect
rica
l,
elec
tronic
and m
echanic
al c
om
ponen
ts w
ithin
th
e sy
stem
def
ined
1.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
the
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
inte
rlin
k an
d inte
ract
, in
cludin
g m
ultip
lexi
ng a
nd f
ibre
optics
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
engin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s oper
ate
1.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to d
ism
antle
and r
eass
emble
the
elec
tric
al a
nd e
lect
ronic
units
of
engin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
234
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
id
entify
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
engin
e el
ectr
ical re
pai
r an
d d
iagnost
ic p
roce
dure
s in
cludin
g:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
r’s
inst
ruct
ions
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
d
indust
ry r
ecognis
ed r
epai
r m
ethods
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
ind,
sele
ct
and u
se s
ourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t an
d u
se t
echnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
engin
e el
ectr
ical
re
pai
r an
d d
iagnost
ic p
roce
dure
s
3.1
des
crib
e sy
mpto
ms
and c
ause
s of
faults
found in e
ngin
e el
ectr
ical sy
stem
s
3.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
elec
t th
e m
ost
appro
priat
e dia
gnost
ic t
esting m
ethod f
or
the
sym
pto
ms
pre
sent
3.3
ex
pla
in s
yste
mat
ic d
iagnost
ic t
echniq
ues
use
d in iden
tify
ing e
ngin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
fa
ults
3.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xam
ine,
mea
sure
and m
ake
su
itab
le a
dju
stm
ents
to c
om
ponen
ts
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to d
iagnose
an
d r
ectify
fau
lts
in e
ngin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s
3.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
valu
ate
and inte
rpre
t te
st
resu
lts
found in d
iagnosi
ng e
ngin
e el
ectr
ical
sy
stem
fau
lts
agai
nst
veh
icle
manufa
cture
r sp
ecific
atio
ns
and s
ettings
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
235
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
arry
out
the
rect
ific
atio
n
activi
ties
in o
rder
to c
orr
ect
the
faults
in t
he
engin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
s
3.7
ex
pla
in t
he
engin
e el
ectr
ical
and u
nit
repla
cem
ent
pro
cedure
s an
d t
he
circ
um
stan
ces
whic
h w
ill n
eces
sita
te
repla
cem
ent
and o
r oth
er p
oss
ible
cours
es o
f ac
tion
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
236
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
237
Unit 33: Skills in Diagnosis and Rectification of Engine Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: Y/601/6038
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can diagnose and rectify engine electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced or repaired units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor diagnosing and rectifying 3 faults from 3 different electrical systems listed. The fault should involve a 2 or more step diagnostic activity, which covers the learning outcomes.
a starting systems
b charging systems
c engine management systems (including ignition and fuel)
d electrical components of the cooling system
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
238
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s in
cludin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
suff
icie
nt
dia
gnost
ic info
rmat
ion in a
sy
stem
atic
way
to e
nab
le a
n a
ccura
te
dia
gnosi
s of en
gin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
fau
lts
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all en
gin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
239
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
use
dia
gnost
ic m
ethods
that
are
rel
evan
t to
th
e sy
mpto
ms
pre
sente
d
4.2
ev
aluat
e yo
ur
asse
ssm
ent
of dis
man
tled
sub-
asse
mblie
s an
d iden
tify
thei
r co
nditio
n a
nd
suitab
ility
for
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
accu
rate
ly
4.3
ca
rry
out
all dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air
met
hods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y re
quirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
repai
red a
nd r
epla
ced c
om
ponen
ts a
nd
units
confo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le o
per
atin
g
spec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.5
w
hen
nec
essa
ry c
arry
out
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
corr
ectly
to e
nsu
re t
hat
th
ey o
per
ate
to m
eet
syst
em r
equirem
ents
4.6
use
tes
ting m
ethods
that
are
suitab
le f
or
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e sy
stem
rec
tified
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnosi
s,
rect
ific
atio
n a
nd t
est
activi
ties
4.7
en
sure
the
engin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
rec
tified
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le o
per
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n
and a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
240
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
wor
k re
cord
s th
at a
re a
ccura
te,
com
ple
te
and p
asse
d t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in
the
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitab
le a
nd just
ifia
ble
rec
om
men
dat
ions
for
cost
effec
tive
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion a
nd
mak
e su
itab
le r
ecom
men
dat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal
fau
lts
notice
d
during t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
241
Unit 34: Knowledge of Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: Y/601/6024
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of diagnosis and rectification of transmission and chassis electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Identification of various types of electrical/electronic transmission control systems
a electronic clutch control, torque converter control systems.
b electronically controlled manual transmission/powershift
c electronically controlled automatic transmission
d retarders and diff-lock systems
The function and operating principles of each of these areas
a electronic clutch control, torque converter control systems
b electronically controlled manual transmission/powershift
c electronically controlled automatic transmission
d retarders and diff-lock systems
Common faults and basic tests for these systems
a hand held diagnostics, meters and oscilloscopes
b electronic clutch control, torque converter control systems
c electronically controlled manual transmission/powershift
d electronically controlled automatic transmission
e retarders and diff-lock systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
242
The function and operating principles of the following systems
a ABS
b traction control
Identification of components and their function within the system
a sensors, actuators, modulators and the control system for ABS
b sensors, actuators, modulators and the control system for traction control
Common faults and basic tests for these systems
a ABS
b traction control
Function and operating principles of steering systems
a electro/hydraulic systems
b speed sensitive systems
c full electric assistance systems
d 4 wheel steering systems
Identification of all components and their function within the steering system
a sensors, actuators and control systems for each system
Common faults and basic tests for these steering systems
a electro/hydraulic systems
b speed sensitive systems
c full electric assistance systems
Function and operating principles of electric/electronic suspension control
a sensors, actuators and control systems
b hydro-electric systems
c pneumatic electric
Identification of all components and their function within the suspension systems
a sensors, actuators and control systems
b hydro-electric systems
c pneumatic electric
Common faults and basic tests for these suspension systems
a sensors, actuators and control systems
b hydro-electric systems
c pneumatic electric
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
243
How the below systems come together to create a stability control system
a aerodynamic control systems
b transmission systems
c ABS/traction control systems
d steering systems
e suspension systems
f engine management system
Identification and description how all these systems unite to create stability control
a aerodynamic control systems
b transmission systems
c ABS/traction control systems
d steering systems
e suspension systems
f engine management system
Common faults and basic tests for these combined systems
a aerodynamic control systems
b transmission systems
c ABS/traction control systems
d steering systems
e suspension systems
f engine management system
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
244
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
tra
nsm
issi
on a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
com
ponen
ts
1.2
ex
pla
in t
he
const
ruct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f tr
ansm
issi
on a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s
1.3
ex
pla
in t
he
inte
ract
ion b
etw
een e
lect
rica
l,
elec
tronic
and m
echanic
al c
om
ponen
ts w
ithin
th
e sy
stem
def
ined
1.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
the
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
inte
rlin
k an
d inte
ract
, in
cludin
g m
ultip
lexi
ng a
nd f
ibre
optics
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
tra
nsm
issi
on
and c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s oper
ate
1.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to d
ism
antle
and r
eass
emble
the
elec
tric
al a
nd e
lect
ronic
units
of
tran
smis
sion
and c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
ind,
sele
ct
and u
se s
ourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n
2.1
id
entify
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
tra
nsm
issi
on a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al r
epai
r an
d d
iagnost
ic
pro
cedure
s in
cludin
g:
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
man
ufa
cture
r’s
inst
ruct
ions
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
d
indust
ry r
ecognis
ed r
epai
r m
ethods
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
245
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to u
se t
echnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o
support
the
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
has
sis
elec
tric
al r
epai
r an
d d
iagnost
ic p
roce
dure
s
3.1
des
crib
e sy
mpto
ms
and c
ause
s of
faults
found in e
ngin
e el
ectr
ical sy
stem
s
3.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
elec
t th
e m
ost
appro
priat
e dia
gnost
ic t
esting m
ethod f
or
the
sym
pto
ms
pre
sent
3.3
ex
pla
in s
yste
mat
ic d
iagnost
ic t
echniq
ues
use
d in iden
tify
ing t
ransm
issi
on a
nd c
hass
is
elec
tric
al s
yste
m f
aults
3.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xam
ine,
mea
sure
and m
ake
su
itab
le a
dju
stm
ents
to c
om
ponen
ts
3.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
valu
ate
and inte
rpre
t te
st
resu
lts
found in d
iagnosi
ng t
ransm
issi
on a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al s
yste
m fau
lts
agai
nst
ve
hic
le m
anufa
cture
r sp
ecific
atio
ns
and
sett
ings
3.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
arry
out
the
rect
ific
atio
n
activi
ties
in o
rder
to c
orr
ect
the
faults
in t
he
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
s
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to d
iagnose
an
d r
ectify
fau
lts
in
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
3.7
ex
pla
in t
he
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is
elec
tric
al a
nd u
nit r
epla
cem
ent
pro
cedure
s an
d t
he
circ
um
stan
ces
whic
h w
ill n
eces
sita
te
repla
cem
ent
and o
r oth
er p
oss
ible
cours
es o
f ac
tion
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
246
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
247
Unit 35: Skills in Diagnosis and Rectification of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: Y/601/6041
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can diagnose and rectify transmission and chassis electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced or repaired units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor diagnosing and rectifying faults occurring in 3 out of the 9 systems listed, which covers the learning outcomes.
a electronic clutch control system b electronic gearbox control system c electronic automatic gearbox control system d electric retarder system e electronically controlled slip differential system f electronic suspension control system g ABS and traction control system h electronic steering control systems i electronic stability control system
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
248
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
has
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
tran
smis
sion a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
tra
nsm
issi
on a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
tr
ansm
issi
on a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l dia
gnost
ic
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all
tran
smis
sion a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
249
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
use
dia
gnost
ic m
ethods
that
are
rel
evan
t to
th
e sy
mpto
ms
pre
sente
d
4.2
ev
aluat
e yo
ur
ass
essm
ent
of
dis
man
tled
sub-
asse
mblie
s an
d iden
tify
thei
r co
nditio
n a
nd
suitab
ility
for
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
accu
rate
ly
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
repai
red a
nd r
epla
ced c
om
ponen
ts
and u
nits
confo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le o
per
ating
spec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.5
ca
rry
out
adju
stm
ents
to c
om
ponen
ts a
nd
units
corr
ectly
to e
nsu
re t
hat
they
oper
ate
to
mee
t sy
stem
req
uirem
ents
4.6
use
tes
ting m
ethods
that
are
suitab
le for
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e sy
stem
re
ctifie
d
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is
elec
tric
al d
iagnosi
s,
rect
ific
atio
n a
nd t
est
activi
ties
4.7
en
sure
the
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
rec
tified
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
250
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
251
Unit 36: Knowledge of How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
Unit reference number: T/601/6242
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of how to carry out demonstrations and instruction which will help the learner to learn. It includes demonstrating equipment, showing skills, giving instruction, deciding when to use demonstration or instruction, potential of technology based learning, checking on learners’ progress and giving feedback.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Separate areas of demonstration which encourage learning. To include:
a demonstration is particularly applicable to learning manual skills
b learning to do something usually involves:
i purpose – the aim or objective ii procedure — the most effective way of completing the task iii practice – all skills require practice to improve
c practical tasks are more quickly learnt through demonstration
d emphasis is required to body movements when demonstrating
e the demonstrator should encourage learners to ask questions
f emphasis should be placed upon key points whilst demonstrating
g any demonstration should ensure that all safety aspects are covered
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
252
Types of learning which are best achieved and supported through demonstrations. To include:
a types of learning:
i psychomotor – measurement of manual skill performance ii cognitive – learning involving thought processes iii affective demonstration of feelings, emotions or attitudes
b demonstration — involves learning to do something (Psychomotor Domain)
c combination of instruction and practical demonstrations are very effective means of learning practical skills
How to structure demonstration and instruction sessions. To include:
a before the demonstration and/or instruction ensure that the following good practice is recognised:
i identify key points ii relate theoretical underpinning knowledge to key points iii rehearse to ensure that all equipment is working iv ensure all students can see even small equipment and processes v time the demonstration vi consider how to make students participate vii consider how to emphasise safe working practices
b during the demonstration and/or instruction good practice is to:
iv give a clear introduction v identify any tools/equipment vi determine the current audience level of knowledge vii complete the demonstration correctly (do not show how not to do
it) viii stress key points and show links between them ix monitor safety aspects x check learner understanding
c after the demonstration(if possible)
i enable the audience to practice the techniques ii provide feedback on their performance
How to identify individual learning needs
a diagnose the learning needs of your audience to include:
i what competencies they already have ii what experience they have of the subject area iii what competencies they need to achieve iv what demonstration techniques are best suited to their needs v how you will assess their needs have been met
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
253
What factors are likely to prevent learning. To include:
a language barriers
b physical barriers
c specialist knowledge
d pace of learning
e method of delivery
f environmental factors
g teaching styles
h dyslexia
How to check learners understanding and progress
a questionnaires
b verbal questioning
c observation
d assessment
e role play
f projects/assignments
g multi-choice questions
h simulation
i tests
How to organise information and prepare materials
a identify the course aim
b identify the subject aim
c identify the lesson aim
d complete a lesson plan — plan the teaching
e identify a series of ‘cues’ to be used during the lesson
f logically organise the information
g use suitable resources and equipment to maximise learning opportunities
h assess the learners progress and understanding
Instructional techniques
a types of instructional techniques to include:
i lectures ii handouts iii team teaching iv peer teaching v discussion – individual, group and peer vi question and answer
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
254
vii multimedia viii seminars ix case studies x project/assignments
Environmental factors that effect learning
a environmental factors that should be considered before demonstration/instruction to include:
i loud noises ii bright colours iii bright lights iv strong smells v atmosphere vi temperature vii classroom seating viii classroom layout ix bright lights
Health and safety factors that effect learning
a health and safety factors that should be considered before demonstration/instruction to include:
i assessment of risk and hazards ii condition of electrical/electronic equipment iii position of cables and wires iv safety of equipment used in demonstration/instruction v condition of classroom equipment/furniture/structure vi suitable protective clothing/equipment
Analysis of demonstration/instruction
a analysis of demonstration/instruction to include:
i feedback from students ii feedback from colleagues iii organisational quality assessment iv feedback from external organisations v awarding body requirements
Developments in learning. To include:
a multimedia based materials
b web based materials
c interactive materials
How to choose and prepare appropriate materials. To include:
a putting information in order
b deciding whether the language used is appropriate
c type of material ie paper and technology based etc
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
255
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
cl
assi
fy t
he
separ
ate
area
s of dem
onst
rations
whic
h e
nco
ura
ge
lear
nin
g
1.2
id
entify
whic
h t
ypes
of le
arnin
g a
re b
est
achie
ved a
nd s
upport
ed t
hro
ugh
dem
onst
rations
1.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
and u
se d
iffe
rent
lear
nin
g o
pport
unitie
s
1.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
truct
ure
dem
onst
rations
and
inst
ruct
ion s
essi
ons
1
Under
stan
d t
he
nat
ure
and r
ole
of dem
onst
rations
and inst
ruct
ion
1.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
hoose
fro
m a
ran
ge
of
dem
onst
ration t
echniq
ues
2.1
des
crib
e how
to p
ut
lear
ner
s at
eas
e an
d
enco
ura
ge
them
to t
ake
par
t
2.2
ju
stify
the
choic
e bet
wee
n d
emonst
ration a
nd
inst
ruct
ion a
s a
lear
nin
g m
ethod
2.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
indiv
idual
lea
rnin
g
nee
ds
2.4
cl
arify
whic
h f
acto
rs a
re lik
ely
to p
reve
nt
lear
nin
g a
nd h
ow
to o
verc
om
e th
em
2
Under
stan
d t
he
princi
ple
s an
d
conce
pts
of dem
onst
ration a
nd
inst
ruct
ion
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k le
arner
s’ u
nder
stan
din
g
and p
rogre
ss
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
256
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
hoose
and p
repar
e ap
pro
priat
e m
ater
ials
2.7
ex
pla
in t
he
separa
te a
reas
of in
stru
ctio
nal
tech
niq
ues
whic
h e
nco
ura
ge
learn
ing
2.8
des
crib
e w
hic
h t
ypes
of le
arnin
g a
re b
est
achie
ved a
nd s
upport
ed t
hro
ugh inst
ruct
ion
3.1
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ake
sure
eve
rybody
act
s in
lin
e w
ith h
ealth,
safe
ty a
nd e
nvi
ronm
enta
l pro
tect
ion,
legis
lation a
nd b
est
pra
ctic
e
3
Under
stan
d t
he
exte
rnal
fact
ors
in
fluen
cing h
um
an r
esourc
e dev
elopm
ent
3.2
an
alys
e dev
elopm
ents
in t
echnolo
gy
base
d
lear
nin
g a
nd n
ew w
ays
of del
iver
y
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
257
Unit 37: Skills in How to Make Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
Unit reference number: Y/601/6282
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to carry out demonstrations and instruction which will help the learner to learn. It includes demonstrating equipment, showing skills, giving instruction, deciding when to use demonstration or instruction, potential of technology based learning, checking on learners’ progress and giving feedback.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 provide 1 record of an activity which has been a combination of demonstration and instruction.
5 provide records of an observation, which covers a combination of demonstration and instruction.
It is expected that the records must include evidence to show how you:
a decided on the sequence of the demonstration
b ensured that the demonstration was accurate and realistic
c identified which learning outcomes were achieved
d ensured a safe environment for the demonstration and allowed all learners to see the demonstration clearly
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
258
In preparing the record you should consider:
a which types of learning are best achieved and supported through demonstrations
b how to choose between instruction and demonstration as learning methods
c how to identify individual learning needs
d which factors are likely to prevent learning and how to overcome them
e how to choose and prepare appropriate materials, including technology based materials
f which types of learning are best achieved through instruction
g how to make sure everybody acts in line with health, safety and environmental protection legislation and best practice
h how to analyse developments in learning and new ways of delivery, including technology based learning
It is also expected that evidence from your observations will show how you:
a structured the demonstration so that the learner got the most out of it
b encouraged learners to ask questions and get explanations at appropriate stages in the demonstration
c gave learners the opportunities to practice the skill being demonstrated
d gave learners positive feedback
e reinforced learning by repeating demonstration
f responded to the needs of learners during the demonstration
g reduced distractions and disruptions as much as possible
h matched instruction to the needs of learners
i ensured that the manner, level and speed of the instruction encourages learners to take part
j regularly check that learners understand and adapt instruction as appropriate
k gave learners positive feedback on the learning experience and the outcome achieved
l identified anything that prevented learning and reviewed this with the learner
Evidence from real or simulated activities and role play is acceptable for this unit.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
259
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
per
form
dem
onst
rations
base
d o
n a
n a
naly
sis
of th
e sk
ills
nee
ded
and t
he
ord
er in w
hic
h
they
must
be
learn
ed
1.2
per
form
dem
onst
rations
that
are
accu
rate
an
d r
ealis
tic
1.3
per
form
str
uct
ure
d d
emonst
rations
so t
hat
the
lear
ner
can
get
the
most
out
of it
1.4
per
form
dem
onst
rations
whils
t en
coura
gin
g
lear
ner
s to
ask
ques
tions
and g
et e
xpla
nat
ion
at a
ppro
priat
e st
ages
in t
he
dem
onst
ration
1.5
pro
vide
posi
tive
fee
dbac
k to
lea
rner
s w
hils
t th
ey a
re b
eing g
iven
the
opport
unity
to
pra
ctis
e th
e sk
ills
that
hav
e bee
n
dem
onst
rate
d
1.6
per
form
additio
nal dem
onst
rations
of
skill
s bei
ng t
aught
to r
einfo
rce
lear
nin
g
1.7
per
form
dem
onst
rations
in a
saf
e en
viro
nm
ent
whic
h a
lso a
llow
s le
arner
s to
see
cl
earl
y
1.8
re
spond t
o t
he
nee
ds
of th
e le
arner
s during
dem
onst
rations
1
Be
able
to d
emonst
rate
ski
lls a
nd
met
hods
to lea
rner
s
1.9
re
duce
dis
trac
tions
and d
isru
ptions
as
much
as
poss
ible
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
260
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
im
ple
men
t in
stru
ctio
n w
hic
h is
mat
ched
to
the
nee
ds
of le
arner
s
2.2
use
iden
tified
lea
rnin
g o
utc
om
es w
hic
h c
an
be
ach
ieve
d t
hro
ugh inst
ruct
ion
2.3
per
form
inst
ruct
ion,
ensu
ring t
hat
the
man
ner
, le
vel an
d s
pee
d o
f th
e in
stru
ctio
n
enco
ura
ges
lea
rner
s to
tak
e par
t
2.4
per
form
inst
ruct
ion w
hils
t re
gula
rly
chec
king
that
the
lear
ner
s under
stan
d a
nd a
dap
t in
stru
ctio
n a
s ap
pro
priat
e
2.5
giv
e le
arn
ers
posi
tive
fee
dback
on t
he
lear
nin
g e
xper
ience
and t
he
outc
om
es
achie
ved
2
Be
able
to inst
ruct
lea
rner
s
2.6
ca
rry
out
a r
evie
w w
ith t
he
lear
ner
s to
id
entify
anyt
hin
g t
hat
pre
vente
d lea
rnin
g a
nd
adap
t in
stru
ctio
n a
s appro
priat
e
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
261
Unit 38: Knowledge of how to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
Unit reference number: R/601/6247
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of how to gain: information from customers on their perceived needs; give advice and information and agree a course of action; contract for the agreed work and complete all necessary records and instructions.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
Organisational requirements
a explain the organisation’s terms and conditions applicable to the acceptance of customer vehicles
b explain the content and limitations of vehicle and component warranties for the vehicles dealt with by your organisation
c detail what, if any, limits there are to the authority for accepting vehicles
d detail why it is important to keep customers advised of progress and how this is achieved within the organisation
e detail the organisation’s procedures for the completion and processing of documentation and records, including payment methods and obtaining customer signatures as applicable
Principles of customer communication and care
a first impressions
b listening skills – 80:20 ratio
c eye contact and smiling
d showing interest and concern
e questioning techniques and customer qualification
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
262
f giving clear non-technical explanations
g confirming understanding (statement/question technique, reflective summary)
h written communication – purpose, content, presentation and style
i providing a high quality service – fulfilling (ideally exceeding) customer expectations within agreed time frames
j obtaining customer feedback and corrective actions when dissatisfaction expressed
k dealing with complaints
Company products and services
a service standards
i national ii manufacturer iii organisational
b the range and type of services offered by the organisation
iv diagnostic v servicing vi repair vii warranty viii mot testing ix fitment of accessories/enhancements x internal
c the courses of action available to resolve customer problems
i the extent and nature of the work to be undertaken ii the terms and conditions of acceptance iii the cost iv the timescale v required payment methods
d the effect of resource availability upon the receipt of customer vehicles and the completion of work
i levels and availability of equipment ii levels and availability of technicians iii workshop loading systems
e how to access costing and work completion time information
i manuals ii computer based
Vehicle information systems, servicing and repair requirements
a accessing technical data including diagnostics
b servicing to manufacturer requirements/standards
c repair/operating procedures
d MOT standards/requirements
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
263
e quality controls – interim and final
f requirements for cleanliness of vehicle on return to customer
g handover procedures
Consumer legislation. To include:
a consumer protection
b sale of goods
c data protection
d product liability
e health and safety
f discrimination
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
264
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
des
crib
e th
e fu
ndam
enta
l le
gal
req
uirem
ents
of
curr
ent
consu
mer
leg
isla
tion a
nd t
he
conse
quen
ces
of
thei
r ow
n a
ctio
ns
in r
espec
t of th
is leg
isla
tion
1.2
des
crib
e th
e co
nte
nt
and lim
itations
of
com
pan
y and p
roduct
war
ranties
for
the
vehic
les
dea
lt w
ith b
y th
eir
com
pan
y
1.3
ex
pla
in t
he
limits
of th
eir
ow
n a
uth
ority
for
acce
pting v
ehic
les
1.4
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of ke
epin
g c
ust
om
ers
info
rmed
of pro
gre
ss
1.5
des
crib
e th
eir
work
pla
ce r
equirem
ents
for
the
com
ple
tion o
f re
cord
s
1
Under
stan
d leg
isla
tive
and
org
anis
atio
nal
req
uirem
ents
and
pro
cedure
s
1.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
om
ple
te a
nd p
roce
ss a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry d
ocu
men
tation
2.1
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
om
munic
ate
effe
ctiv
ely
with
cust
om
ers
2.2
des
crib
e how
to a
dap
t yo
ur
languag
e w
hen
ex
pla
inin
g t
echnic
al m
atte
rs t
o n
on-t
echnic
al
cust
om
ers
2.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to u
se e
ffec
tive
ques
tionin
g
tech
niq
ues
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
om
munic
ate
an
d c
are
for
cust
om
ers
2.4
des
crib
e how
to c
are
for
cust
om
ers
and
achie
ve c
ust
om
er s
atis
fact
ion
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
265
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
options
ava
ilable
to
reso
lve
vehic
le p
roble
ms
3.2
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
and t
ype
of
serv
ices
offer
ed b
y th
eir
com
pan
y
3.3
ex
pla
in t
he
effe
ct o
f re
sourc
e av
aila
bili
ty
upon t
he
rece
ipt
of
cust
om
er v
ehic
les
and t
he
com
ple
tion w
ork
3
Under
stan
d c
om
pan
y pro
duct
s an
d s
ervi
ces
3.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to a
cces
s co
stin
g a
nd w
ork
co
mple
tion t
ime
info
rmat
ion
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
266
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
267
Unit 39: Skills to Identify and Agree Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
Unit reference number: M/601/6286
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit helps the learner to develop the skills required to: gain information from customers on their perceived needs; give advice and information and agree a course of action; contract for the agreed work and complete all necessary records and instructions.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the
4 produce evidence, including records, to show that you have dealt with 3 different customers.
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion.
Evidence from real activity or role-play is acceptable for this unit
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
268
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
obta
in a
nd inte
rpre
t su
ffic
ient,
rel
evan
t in
form
atio
n,
from
the
cust
om
er t
o m
ake
an
asse
ssm
ent
of th
eir
nee
ds
1
Be
able
to o
bta
in r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion fro
m t
he
cust
om
er
1.2
cl
arify
cust
om
er a
nd v
ehic
le n
eeds
by
refe
rrin
g t
o v
ehic
le d
ata
and o
per
ating
pro
cedure
s
2.1
pro
vide
cust
om
ers
with a
ccura
te,
curr
ent
and
rele
vant
advi
ce a
nd info
rmation,
in a
form
th
at t
he
cust
om
er w
ill u
nder
stan
d
2
Be
able
to p
rovi
de
rele
vant
info
rmat
ion t
o t
he
cust
om
er
2.2
dem
onst
rate
tec
hniq
ues
whic
h e
nco
ura
ge
cust
om
ers
to a
sk q
ues
tions
and s
eek
clar
ific
atio
n d
uring c
onve
rsat
ion
3.1
su
mm
aris
e an
d r
ecord
work
agre
ed w
ith t
he
cust
om
er,
bef
ore
acc
epting t
he
vehic
le
3
Be
able
to a
gre
e w
ork
under
take
n w
ith t
he
cust
om
er
3.2
im
ple
men
t co
nfirm
atio
n o
f th
e agre
emen
t by
ensu
ring c
ust
om
er u
nder
stan
din
g
4.1
use
rec
ord
ing s
yste
ms
whic
h a
re a
ccura
te
and c
om
ple
te,
in t
he
required
form
at a
nd
signed
by
the
cust
om
er w
her
e nec
essa
ry
4
Be
able
to e
nsu
re r
ecord
ing
syst
ems
are
im
ple
men
ted
corr
ectly
4.2
per
form
the
nex
t st
age
in t
he
pro
cess
by
pas
sing o
n c
om
ple
ted r
ecord
s to
the
corr
ect
per
son p
rom
ptly
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
269
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.3
dem
onst
rate
corr
ect
pro
cedure
s fo
r cu
stom
er
appro
val w
her
e th
e co
ntr
acte
d a
gre
emen
t is
lik
ely
to b
e ex
ceed
ed
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
270
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
271
Unit 40: Knowledge of Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
Unit reference number: M/601/6255
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 12
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner develop knowledge in Supporting Customer Service Improvement in the Automotive Sector.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
272
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
des
crib
e how
cust
om
er e
xper
ience
is
influen
ced b
y th
e w
ay
serv
ice
is d
eliv
ered
1.2
id
entify
how
cust
om
er fee
dback
is
obta
ined
1.3
des
crib
e how
to w
ork
with o
ther
s to
iden
tify
an
d s
upport
chan
ge
in t
he
way
serv
ice
is
del
iver
ed
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
support
cu
stom
er s
ervi
ce
impro
vem
ents
1.4
id
entify
why
it is
import
ant
to g
ive
a posi
tive
im
pre
ssio
n t
o t
he
cust
om
er a
bout
the
chan
ges
mad
e by
thei
r org
anis
ation,
even
if
they
dis
agre
e w
ith t
he
chan
ges
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
273
Unit 41: Skills in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
Unit reference number: T/601/6337
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 8
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to develop skills in Supporting Customer Service Improvement in the Automotive Sector.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out as managed and organised by an approved centre
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence, including records, to show that you have supported customer service improvements in the automotive sector on 3 different occasions
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion supporting customer service improvements within the automotive sector.
Evidence from real activity or role-play is acceptable for this unit.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
274
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
gat
her
info
rmal
fee
dbac
k fr
om
thei
r cu
stom
ers
1.2
use
cust
om
er f
eedbac
k pro
cedure
s to
colle
ct
info
rmat
ion fro
m t
he
cust
om
ers
1.3
use
the
info
rmat
ion f
rom
cust
om
ers
to
dev
elop a
bet
ter
under
stan
din
g o
f th
e cu
stom
er’s
exp
erie
nce
1.4
id
entify
ways
the
serv
ice
they
giv
e co
uld
be
impro
ved b
ased
on info
rmation t
hey
hav
e gat
her
ed
1
Be
able
to u
se f
eedback
to
iden
tify
pote
ntial
cust
om
er
serv
ice
impro
vem
ents
1.5
sh
are
thei
r id
eas
for
impro
ving c
ust
om
er
serv
ice
with c
olle
agues
2.1
id
entify
a p
oss
ible
chan
ge
that
could
be
mad
e to
im
pro
ve c
ust
om
er s
ervi
ce
2.2
pre
sent
thei
r id
ea f
or
impro
ving c
ust
om
er
serv
ice
to a
colle
ague
with t
he
appro
priat
e au
thority
to a
ppro
ve t
he
chan
ge
2.3
ca
rry
out
chan
ges
to c
ust
om
er s
ervi
ce
pro
cedure
s bas
ed o
n t
hei
r ow
n idea
or
pro
pose
d b
y th
e org
anis
atio
n
2
Be
able
to im
ple
men
t ch
anges
in
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
2.4
ke
ep t
hei
r cu
stom
ers
info
rmed
of ch
anges
to
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
275
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
giv
e cu
stom
ers
a posi
tive
im
pre
ssio
n o
f ch
anges
that
hav
e bee
n m
ade
2.6
w
ork
posi
tive
ly w
ith o
ther
s to
support
cu
stom
er s
ervi
ce c
hanges
3.1
dis
cuss
with o
ther
s how
chan
ges
to c
ust
om
er
serv
ice
are
work
ing
3
Be
able
to a
ssis
t w
ith t
he
eval
uat
ion o
f ch
anges
in
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
3.2
w
ork
with o
ther
s to
iden
tify
any
neg
ative
ef
fect
s of
chan
ges
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e av
oid
ed
4.1
sh
ow
that
they
know
and u
nder
stan
d h
ow
cu
stom
er e
xper
ience
is
influen
ced b
y th
e w
ay
serv
ice
is d
eliv
ered
4.2
sh
ow
that
they
know
and u
nder
stan
d h
ow
cu
stom
er fee
dbac
k is
obta
ined
4.3
sh
ow
that
they
know
and u
nder
stan
d h
ow
to
work
with o
ther
s to
iden
tify
and s
upport
ch
ange
in t
he
way
serv
ice
is d
eliv
ered
4
Be
able
to s
upport
cust
om
er
serv
ice
impro
vem
ents
4.4
sh
ow
that
they
know
and u
nder
stan
d w
hy
it
is im
port
ant
to g
ive
a posi
tive
im
pre
ssio
n t
o
the
cust
om
er a
bout
the
chan
ges
made
by
thei
r org
anis
atio
n e
ven if
they
dis
agre
e w
ith
the
chan
ges
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
276
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
277
Unit 42: Knowledge of the Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Security Systems
Unit reference number: T/601/6029
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 6
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of identifying the suitability and installation of vehicle electrical enhancements, electrical security and tracking systems to improve the original vehicle features and specification to meet customer requirements.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The different types of electrical enhancement systems and components
a systems and components to include:
i radio/CD players ii multi-play CD players iii DVD iv MP3 players v speakers vi aerial systems vii amplifiers viii visual display screens ix satellite navigation x mobile communication units xi networking systems xii body electrical systems xiii data logging
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
278
The function of component parts in the electrical enhancement systems
a components include:
i radio ii CD iii video iv DVD players v aerial systems vi speakers vii amplifiers viii visual display screens ix mobile communication systems x networking systems xi body electrical systems xii data logging
The operating principles of electrical enhancement systems
a in car entertainment
b audio systems
c communication systems
d networking systems
e body electrical systems
The relevant legislation relevant to the electrical enhancement systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of I.C.E systems
Faults and testing methods associated electrical enhancement systems
a test and procedures for the following:
i radio/CD players ii speakers iii aerial systems iv amplifiers v wiring vi connections vii relays viii fuses ix removal and refitting procedures x networking systems xi body electrical systems xii data logging
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
279
Types of security/warning systems and components
i components to include: ii control units iii alarm modules iv audible warning units v immobiliser units vi location/tracking units vii electronic deadlocking units viii sensing units ix horn x audible warning speakers
The function of component parts in security and warning systems
a Components to include:
i control units ii alarm modules iii audible warning units iv interior sensing systems v immobiliser units vi location/tracking units vii electronic deadlocking units viii relays ix diodes x horns
The operating principles of security and warning systems
a operation of alarm systems and audible warning units
b immobiliser systems
c location/tracking systems
d electronic deadlocking systems
The relevant legislation relevant to security and warning systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of security and warning systems
Faults and testing methods associated security and warning systems
a components to include:
i control units ii audible warning units iii immobiliser units iv horns v relays vi diodes vii wiring
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
280
viii connections and protection devices ix removal and refitting procedures
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
281
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
id
entify
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
syst
ems
and c
om
ponen
ts f
itte
d in:
a in
car
ente
rtai
nm
ent
b
audio
sys
tem
s
c co
mm
unic
atio
n e
quip
men
t
d
net
work
ing s
yste
ms
e body
elec
tric
al s
yste
ms
f dat
a lo
ggin
g
1.2
id
entify
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curity
sys
tem
s an
d c
om
ponen
ts f
itte
d in:
a al
arm
sys
tem
s
b
imm
obili
ser
syst
ems
c lo
cation t
rack
ing s
yste
ms
d
elec
tronic
dea
dlo
ckin
g s
yste
ms
1.3
ex
pla
in t
he
funct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f th
e ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
syst
ems
and
com
ponen
ts
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
veh
icle
el
ectr
ical
enhan
cem
ent
and
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curity
sy
stem
s oper
ate
1.4
ex
pla
in t
he
funct
ion a
nd o
per
atio
n o
f th
e ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curity
sys
tem
s an
d
com
ponen
ts
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
282
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
the
enhan
cem
ent
may
be
limited
by
the
exis
ting v
ehic
le s
yste
ms
and fitm
ents
1.6
co
mpare
the
adva
nta
ges
and d
isad
vanta
ges
of
carr
ying o
ut
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l cu
stom
isat
ion
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to u
se
rele
vant
info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.1
ex
pla
in h
ow
to f
ind,
inte
rpre
t an
d u
se
tech
nic
al info
rmation t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le
elec
tric
al e
nhan
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
ac
tivi
ties
, by
revi
ewin
g m
anufa
cture
r an
d
work
shop info
rmation
3.1
ex
pla
in t
he
pro
cedure
s in
volv
ed in fitting
elec
tric
al v
ehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
equip
men
t an
d s
ecuri
ty s
yste
ms
3.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to f
ollo
w m
anufa
cture
rs
requirem
ents
rel
atin
g t
o t
he
com
ponen
ts t
hat
ar
e fitt
ed
3.3
ex
pla
in t
he
inte
ract
ion b
etw
een e
lect
rica
l,
elec
tronic
and m
echanic
al c
om
ponen
ts w
ithin
th
e sy
stem
def
ined
3.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
s in
terlin
k an
d
inte
ract
, in
cludin
g m
ultip
lexi
ng a
nd fib
re
optics
3
Under
stan
d h
ow
to s
pec
ify
and
fit
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and v
ehic
le
elec
tric
al s
ecurity
sys
tem
s
3.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
inst
alle
d e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ents
ca
n inte
ract
with fact
ory
fitte
d e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts incl
udin
g n
etw
ork
sys
tem
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
283
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to u
se d
edic
ate
d a
nd c
om
pute
r bas
ed e
quip
men
t to
configure
veh
icle
el
ectr
onic
contr
olle
d s
yste
ms
to o
per
ate
co
rrec
tly
3.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to p
repare
and r
econfigure
el
ectr
onic
ally
contr
olle
d v
ehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
syst
ems
to a
llow
them
to funct
ion c
orr
ectly
with fac
tory
fit v
ehic
le s
yste
ms
4.1
des
crib
e th
e ch
ecks
that
are
made
to m
ake
su
re t
he
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
pat
ible
with t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
er
requirem
ents
4.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to t
est
and e
valu
ate
the
per
form
ance
of an
y el
ectr
ical en
han
cem
ents
fitt
ed a
gai
nst
veh
icle
spec
ific
ation a
nd t
he
import
ance
of doin
g s
o
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
arry
out
chec
ks t
o v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and v
ehic
le
elec
tric
al s
ecurity
sys
tem
s fitt
ed
4.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ake
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd t
o a
ny
surr
oundin
g s
yste
ms
to e
nsu
re e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
284
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
285
Unit 43: Skills in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Vehicle Security Systems
Unit reference number: A/601/6050
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can identify suitability and installation of vehicle electrical enhancements and vehicle electrical security systems to improve the original vehicle features/specification and to meet customer requirements.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor carrying out 1 enhancement activity out of the 6 listed below and 1 security activity out of the 4 listed below, which covers the learning outcomes.
Enhancements
a in car entertainment
b audio systems
c communication equipment
d networking systems
e body electrical systems
f data logging
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
286
Security
a alarm systems
b immobiliser systems
c location tracking systems
d electronic deadlocking systems
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
287
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curi
ty s
yste
ms
activi
ties
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
ac
tivi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
act
ivitie
s, b
y re
view
ing
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
fitt
ing p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
d
cust
om
er r
equirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
ac
tivi
ties
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t 3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
act
ivitie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
288
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
act
ivitie
s
4.1
en
sure
fitm
ent
of
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
patible
w
ith t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
er’s
req
uirem
ents
4.2
ca
rry
out
all
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
legal
req
uirem
ents
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.3
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
are
carr
ied o
ut
to
ensu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
4
Be
able
to inst
all ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al e
nhan
cem
ent
and
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curity
sy
stem
s
4.4
en
sure
all
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
re
secu
re a
nd funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
req
uirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
289
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
ag
ree
the
nex
t co
urs
e of ac
tion w
ith t
he
rele
vant
per
son if an
y is
sues
aro
se d
uring t
he
enhan
cem
ent
of th
e ve
hic
le
5.3
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
ex
pla
in t
o c
ust
om
ers
any
act
ion t
hat
has
bee
n t
ake
n r
egar
din
g t
hei
r ve
hic
le in n
on
tech
nic
al t
erm
s to
giv
e a c
lear
under
stan
din
g
of th
e w
ork
car
ried
out
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
290
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
291
Unit 44: Knowledge of Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
Unit reference number: M/601/6031
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 20
Unit Summary
This unit enables the learner to develop an understanding of conducting installation and system consultations with customers to improve the original vehicle features/specification and to meet customer requirements. It also includes making recommendations to ensure that the customers concerns are addressed and explaining the outcomes that the enhancements will achieve so that customers fully understand the work that will be undertaken.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
If this unit is offered within a competence qualification (VCQ) it must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C).
This unit must adhere to the IMI Knowledge Unit Syllabus as set out below:
The identification of different types of electrical enhancement systems and components
a systems and components to include:
i radio/CD players
ii multi-play CD players
iii DVD
iv MP3 players
v speakers
vi aerial systems
vii amplifiers
viii visual display screens
ix satellite navigation
x mobile communication units
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
292
xi networking systems
xii body electrical systems
The function of component parts in the electrical enhancement systems
b components include:
i radio ii CD iii video iv DVD players v aerial systems vi speakers vii amplifiers viii visual display screens ix mobile communication systems x networking systems xi body electrical systems xii data logging
The operating principles of electrical enhancement systems
a operation of electrical enhancement systems
i in car entertainment ii audio systems iii communication systems iv networking systems v body electrical systems
The relevant legislation relevant to the electrical enhancement systems
a find and apply all relevant legislation for the fitment and use of electrical enhancement systems
Show positive personal image
a the importance of achieving and maintaining a physical appearance suitable for the motor industry
b why it is important to maintain good personal appearance whilst working in the motor industry
c the use of simple body language such as body posture, eye contact and smiling and recognize it in others
d how to meet and greet customers and recognize the importance of making a customer feel welcome
e how to start conversations
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
293
Respond to different types of motor industry customer
a why it is important to be able to assist all customers equally
b how best to assist customers with physical needs
c how best to assist customers with sensory needs
d how best to assist customers with learning needs
e how best to assist customers from other cultures
f the communication methods best suited to the needs of the individual customer
Respond to a motor industry customer by telephone
a the importance of using the correct greeting for incoming calls
b the correct methods for dealing with telephone enquiries
c the importance of obtaining and providing names
d the importance of creating a positive impression on the telephone
e why it is important to record information
f select the correct questioning techniques used to obtain information over the telephone
g the correct procedures for dealing with telephone calls
Handle motor industry customer complaints
a the variety of emotions customers may display when complaining
b identify that some customers are experienced at complaining and will need to be assisted in a specific manner
c explain that some unhappy customers may be reluctant to complain and they will need to be made to feel comfortable to do so
d explain why it is important to try to resolve a customer’s complaint
e identify the importance of active listening
f explain how to approach a customer
g recognise the limits of their own authority and who to refer to when customer requests are outside own limitations
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
294
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
ex
pla
in h
ow
to g
ive
stra
ight
forw
ard
pre
senta
tions
to c
ust
om
ers
on v
ehic
le
enhan
cem
ents
1.2
id
entify
and e
xpla
in s
uitab
le c
om
munic
atio
n
met
hods
to u
se w
hen
work
ing w
ith c
ust
om
ers
1.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to p
rese
nt
yours
elf in
a p
osi
tive
an
d p
rofe
ssio
nal m
anner
to c
ust
om
ers
1.4
id
entify
and e
xpla
in d
iffe
rent
met
hods
of
han
dlin
g c
ust
om
ers
who r
eact
diffe
rently
1.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to a
dap
t la
nguag
e w
hen
ex
pla
inin
g t
echnic
al m
atte
rs t
o c
ust
om
ers
1.6
des
crib
e how
to u
se e
ffec
tive
ques
tionin
g
tech
niq
ues
with c
ust
om
ers
1.7
id
entify
and e
xpla
in h
ow
to c
are
for
cust
om
ers
and a
chie
ve c
ust
om
er s
atisf
action
1
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
onduct
in
stal
lation a
nd s
yste
m
consu
ltat
ions
with c
ust
om
ers
1.8
ex
pla
in t
he
org
anis
atio
nal
req
uirem
ents
for
per
sonal
appea
rance
and c
onduct
when
dea
ling w
ith c
ust
om
ers
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
295
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
296
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
297
Unit 45: Skills in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
Unit reference number: L/601/6053
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 20
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop the skills required to demonstrate they can conduct installation and system consultations with customers to improve the original vehicle features/specification and to meet customer requirements. It also includes making recommendations to ensure that the customers concerns are addressed and explaining the outcomes that the enhancements will achieve so that customers fully understand the work that will be undertaken.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must adhere to the IMI Skills Unit Assessment Requirements developed for the unit as set out below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your training workshop as managed and organised by an approved centre.
3 be observed by an assessor as defined by the IMI Assessment Strategy.
4 be observed by an assessor carrying out 2 different installation and system consultations with customers* out of the 5 listed below, which covers the learning outcomes.
a in car entertainment
b audio systems
c communication equipment
d networking systems
e body electrical systems
* This can be assessed by the use of role-play if required
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
298
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
1
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
consu
ltat
ion w
ith c
ust
om
ers
1.2
in
terp
ret
tech
nic
al info
rmation t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
activi
ties
2.1
ex
pla
in c
lear
ly t
he
implic
ations
of an
y ve
hic
le
enhan
cem
ent
2.2
re
spond t
o c
ust
om
ers
conce
rns
in a
posi
tive
an
d frien
dly
man
ner
2.3
giv
e a
posi
tive
im
pre
ssio
n o
f yo
urs
elf an
d
your
org
anis
atio
n w
hen
dea
ling w
ith
cust
om
ers
2.4
obta
in s
uffic
ient,
det
aile
d info
rmat
ion u
sing
suitab
ly s
truct
ure
d q
ues
tions
2.5
pro
vide
cust
om
ers
with a
ccura
te,
curr
ent
and
rele
vant
advi
ce a
nd info
rmation o
n a
ny
furt
her
inve
stig
atio
n t
hat
is
nee
ded
2.6
giv
e te
chnic
al a
dvi
ce c
lear
ly a
nd a
ccura
tely
an
d in a
man
ner
whic
h t
he
cust
om
er w
ill
under
stan
d
2
Be
able
to c
onduct
pre
-work
ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
consu
ltat
ions
with c
ust
om
ers
2.7
lia
ise
with t
he
cust
om
er a
nd o
r oth
er r
elev
ant
per
son t
o a
gre
e yo
ur
reco
mm
endat
ions
for
the
nex
t co
urs
e of ac
tion
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
299
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
ex
pla
in c
lear
ly t
o c
ust
om
ers
the
action t
hat
has
bee
n t
aken
reg
ardin
g t
hei
r ve
hic
le
3.2
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
3
Be
able
to c
arry
out
post
work
co
nsu
ltat
ions
and m
ake
su
itab
le r
ecom
men
dations
3.3
su
gges
t poss
ible
met
hods
for
impro
ving t
he
cust
om
er c
are
pro
cess
to y
our
man
ager
, w
hen
nec
essa
ry
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
300
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
301
Unit 46: Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Vehicle Auxiliary Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: L/601/3749
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in diagnosing and rectifying automotive vehicle auxiliary electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced or repaired units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence of carrying out diagnosis and rectification activities from 4 different systems out of the 16 listed below *. One of which must be alternator or a starter motor. The fault should involve a 2 or more step diagnostic activity. At least 3 pieces of evidence must come from work carried out in your normal workplace
a lighting systems
b heated seats
c electrically adjusted seats
d heated screens
e electric mirrors
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
302
f electric sunroofs
g electric windows
h heating and ventilation systems
i information and entertainment systems
j communication systems
k SRS
l wash wipe
m locking systems
n security and warning systems
o alternators
p starter motors
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion, covering the diagnosis and rectification of a fault.
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of faults occurring in all the types of electrical systems.
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in diagnosis and rectification on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
303
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l dia
gnost
ic a
nd
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
auto
motive
veh
icle
au
xilia
ry e
lect
rica
l dia
gnost
ic
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmation t
o s
upport
auto
motive
veh
icle
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s in
cludin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
suff
icie
nt
dia
gnost
ic info
rmat
ion in a
sy
stem
atic
way
to e
nab
le a
n a
ccura
te
dia
gnosi
s of au
tom
otive
auxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l sy
stem
fau
lts
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
an
d e
quip
men
t
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
304
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all
auto
motive
auxi
liary
el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
4.1
use
dia
gnost
ic m
ethods
that
are
rel
evan
t to
th
e sy
mpto
ms
pre
sente
d
4.2
ev
aluat
e yo
ur
ass
essm
ent
of
dis
man
tled
sub-
asse
mblie
s an
d iden
tify
thei
r co
nditio
n a
nd
suitab
ility
for
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
accu
rate
ly
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
repai
red o
r re
pla
cem
ent
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
confo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
4.5
ad
just
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
corr
ectly
to
ensu
re t
hat
they
oper
ate
to m
eet
syst
em
requirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
auto
motive
ve
hic
le a
uxi
liary
ele
ctrica
l dia
gnosi
s, r
ectifica
tion a
nd t
est
activi
ties
4.6
use
tes
ting m
ethods
that
are
suitab
le for
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e sy
stem
re
ctifie
d
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
305
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.7
en
sure
the
rect
ifie
d a
uto
motive
auxi
liary
el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
4.8
co
mple
te a
ll sy
stem
dia
gnost
ic a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed t
imes
cale
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
306
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
307
Unit 47: Competency in Diagnosing and Rectifying Engine Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: Y/601/6069
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in diagnosing and rectifying engine electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced or repaired units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence of diagnosing and rectifying at least 1 fault from each system listed. The fault should involve a 2 or more step diagnostic activity. At least 3 of which must come from work carried out in your normal workplace
a starting systems
b charging systems
c engine management systems (including ignition and fuel)
d electrical components of the cooling system
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
308
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 2 occasions, each observation covering the diagnosis and rectification of a fault in different systems. Both of these observations must be carried out in your normal workplace.
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in diagnosis and rectification on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
309
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd
rect
ific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s in
cludin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
suff
icie
nt
dia
gnost
ic info
rmat
ion in a
sy
stem
atic
way
to e
nab
le a
n a
ccura
te
dia
gnosi
s of en
gin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
fau
lts
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all en
gin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
310
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.1
use
dia
gnost
ic m
ethods
that
are
rel
evan
t to
th
e sy
mpto
ms
pre
sente
d
4.2
ev
aluat
e yo
ur
ass
essm
ent
of
dis
man
tled
sub-
asse
mblie
s an
d iden
tify
thei
r co
nditio
n a
nd
suitab
ility
for
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
accu
rate
ly
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
repai
red a
nd r
epla
ced c
om
ponen
ts
and u
nits
confo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le o
per
ating
spec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.5
w
hen
nec
essa
ry c
arry
out
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
corr
ectly
to e
nsu
re
that
they
oper
ate
to m
eet
syst
em
requirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
engin
e el
ectr
ical
dia
gnosi
s,
rect
ific
atio
n a
nd t
est
activi
ties
4.6
use
tes
ting m
ethods
that
are
suitab
le for
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e sy
stem
re
ctifie
d
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
311
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.7
en
sure
the
engin
e el
ectr
ical
sys
tem
rec
tified
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le o
per
atin
g
spec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.8
co
mple
te a
ll sy
stem
dia
gnost
ic a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed t
imes
cale
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
312
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
313
Unit 48: Competency in the Diagnosing and Rectifying of Transmission and Chassis Electrical Faults
Unit reference number: L/503/6924
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in diagnosing and rectifying transmission and chassis electrical system faults. It also covers the evaluation of performance of the replaced or repaired units and systems.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence of diagnosing and rectifying faults occurring in 3 out of the 9* systems listed, at least 2 of which must come from work carried out in your normal workplace
a electronic clutch control system
b electronic gearbox control system
c electronic automatic gearbox control system
d electric retarder system
e electronically controlled slip differential system
f electronic suspension control system
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
314
g ABS and traction control system
h electronic steering control systems
i electronic stability control system
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion carrying out the fault rectification
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of faults occurring in all the types of transmission and chassis systems
Simulated activity will be acceptable to assess candidates’ competence in diagnosis and rectification on no more than 1 occasion.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
315
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
has
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
tran
smis
sion a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
tra
nsm
issi
on a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
incl
udin
g:
a ve
hic
le t
echnic
al d
ata
b
dia
gnost
ic t
est
pro
cedure
s
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
tr
ansm
issi
on a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l dia
gnost
ic
and r
ectifica
tion a
ctiv
itie
s
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
316
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.3
use
the
equip
men
t re
quired
, co
rrec
tly
and
safe
ly t
hro
ughout
all
tran
smis
sion a
nd
chas
sis
elec
tric
al d
iagnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
4.1
use
dia
gnost
ic m
ethods
that
are
rel
evan
t to
th
e sy
mpto
ms
pre
sente
d
4.2
ev
aluat
e yo
ur
ass
essm
ent
of
dis
man
tled
sub-
asse
mblie
s an
d iden
tify
thei
r co
nditio
n a
nd
suitab
ility
for
repai
r or
repla
cem
ent
accu
rate
ly
4.3
ca
rry
out
all
dia
gnost
ic a
nd r
ectifica
tion
activi
ties
follo
win
g:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
reco
gnis
ed r
esea
rched
rep
air m
ethods
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4.4
en
sure
all
repai
red a
nd r
epla
ced c
om
ponen
ts
and u
nits
confo
rm t
o t
he
vehic
le o
per
ating
spec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
req
uirem
ents
4
Be
able
to c
arry
out
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is
elec
tric
al d
iagnosi
s,
rect
ific
atio
n a
nd t
est
activi
ties
4.5
w
hen
nec
essa
ry c
arry
out
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd u
nits
corr
ectly
to e
nsu
re
that
they
oper
ate
to m
eet
syst
em
requirem
ents
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
317
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.6
use
tes
ting m
ethods
that
are
suitab
le for
asse
ssin
g t
he
per
form
ance
of th
e sy
stem
re
ctifie
d
4.7
en
sure
the
tran
smis
sion a
nd c
hass
is e
lect
rica
l sy
stem
rec
tified
per
form
s to
the
vehic
le
oper
atin
g s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd a
ny
legal
re
quirem
ents
4.8
co
mple
te a
ll sy
stem
dia
gnost
ic a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed t
imes
cale
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
m
ake
suitable
and just
ifia
ble
re
com
men
dat
ions
for
cost
eff
ective
rep
airs
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
318
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
319
Unit 49: Competency in Identifying and Agreeing Motor Vehicle Customer Service Needs
Unit reference number: K/601/6383
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit helps the learner to develop competency in order to: gain information from customers on their perceived needs; give advice and information and agree a course of action; contract for the agreed work and complete all necessary records and instructions.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence, including records, to show that you have dealt with 3 different customers
5 be observed by your assessor in your normal workplace dealing with at least 1 customer.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
320
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
obta
in a
nd inte
rpre
t su
ffic
ient,
rel
evan
t in
form
atio
n,
from
the
cust
om
er t
o m
ake
an
asse
ssm
ent
of th
eir
nee
ds
1
Be
able
to o
bta
in r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion fro
m t
he
cust
om
er
1.2
cl
arify
cust
om
er a
nd v
ehic
le n
eeds
by
refe
rrin
g t
o v
ehic
le d
ata
and o
per
ating
pro
cedure
s
2.1
pro
vide
cust
om
ers
with a
ccura
te,
curr
ent
and
rele
vant
advi
ce a
nd info
rmation,
in a
form
th
at t
he
cust
om
er w
ill u
nder
stan
d
2
Be
able
to p
rovi
de
rele
vant
info
rmat
ion t
o t
he
cust
om
er
2.2
dem
onst
rate
tec
hniq
ues
whic
h e
nco
ura
ge
cust
om
ers
to a
sk q
ues
tions
and s
eek
clar
ific
atio
n d
uring c
onve
rsat
ion
3.1
su
mm
aris
e an
d r
ecord
work
agre
ed w
ith t
he
cust
om
er,
bef
ore
acc
epting t
he
vehic
le
3
Be
able
to a
gre
e w
ork
under
take
n w
ith t
he
cust
om
er
3.2
im
ple
men
t co
nfirm
atio
n o
f th
e agre
emen
t by
ensu
ring c
ust
om
er u
nder
stan
din
g
4.1
use
rec
ord
ing s
yste
ms
whic
h a
re a
ccura
te
and c
om
ple
te,
in t
he
required
form
at a
nd
signed
by
the
cust
om
er w
her
e nec
essa
ry
4
Be
able
to e
nsu
re r
ecord
ing
syst
ems
are
im
ple
men
ted
corr
ectly
4.2
per
form
the
nex
t st
age
in t
he
pro
cess
by
pas
sing o
n c
om
ple
ted r
ecord
s to
the
corr
ect
per
son p
rom
ptly
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
321
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.3
dem
onst
rate
corr
ect
pro
cedure
s fo
r cu
stom
er
appro
val w
her
e th
e co
ntr
acte
d a
gre
emen
t is
lik
ely
to b
e ex
ceed
ed
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
322
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
323
Unit 50: Competency in Making Learning Possible through Demonstrations and Instruction
Unit reference number: Y/601/6380
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit Summary
This unit will help the learner to develop competency in order to carry out demonstrations and instruction which will help the learner to learn. It includes demonstrating equipment, showing skills, giving instruction, deciding when to use demonstration or instruction, potential of technology based learning, checking on learners’ progress and giving feedback.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy or by a witness who has been previously agreed with the assessor prior to the observation taking place
4 provide at least 1 record of an activity which has been demonstrated
5 provide records of at least 2 observations, 1 of which must be by your assessor, which cover at least 1 demonstration and 1 instruction or a combination of both.
It is expected that the records must include evidence to show how you:
a decided on the sequence of the demonstration
b ensured that the demonstration was accurate and realistic
c identified which learning outcomes were achieved
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
324
d ensured a safe environment for the demonstration and allowed all learners to see the demonstration clearly
In preparing the records you should consider:
a. which types of learning are best achieved and supported through demonstrations
b how to choose between instruction and demonstration as learning methods
c how to identify individual learning needs
d which factors are likely to prevent learning and how to overcome them
e how to choose and prepare appropriate materials, including technology based materials.
f which types of learning are best achieved through instruction
g how to make sure everybody acts in line with health, safety and environmental protection legislation and best practice
h how to analyse developments in learning and new ways of delivery, including technology based learning
It is also expected that evidence from your observations will show how you:
a structured the demonstration so that the learner got the most out of it
b encouraged learners to ask questions and get explanations at appropriate stages in the demonstration
c gave learners the opportunities to practice the skill being demonstrated
d gave learners positive feedback
e reinforced learning by repeating demonstration
f responded to the needs of learners during the demonstration
g reduced distractions and disruptions as much as possible
h matched instruction to the needs of learners
i ensured that the manner, level and speed of the instruction encourages learners to take part
j regularly check that learners understand and adapt instruction as appropriate
k gave learners positive feedback on the learning experience and the outcome achieved
l identified anything that prevented learning and reviewed this with the learner
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
325
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
per
form
dem
onst
rations
base
d o
n a
n a
naly
sis
of th
e sk
ills
nee
ded
and t
he
ord
er in w
hic
h
they
must
be
learn
ed
1.2
per
form
dem
onst
rations
that
are
accu
rate
an
d r
ealis
tic
1.3
per
form
str
uct
ure
d d
emonst
rations
so t
hat
the
lear
ner
can
get
the
most
out
of it
1.4
per
form
dem
onst
rations
whils
t en
coura
gin
g
lear
ner
s to
ask
ques
tions
and g
et e
xpla
nat
ion
at a
ppro
priat
e st
ages
in t
he
dem
onst
ration
1.5
pro
vide
posi
tive
fee
dbac
k to
lea
rner
s w
hils
t th
ey a
re b
eing g
iven
the
opport
unity
to
pra
ctis
e th
e sk
ills
that
hav
e bee
n
dem
onst
rate
d
1.6
per
form
additio
nal dem
onst
rations
of
skill
s bei
ng t
aught
to r
einfo
rce
lear
nin
g
1.7
per
form
dem
onst
rations
in a
saf
e en
viro
nm
ent
whic
h a
lso a
llow
s le
arner
s to
see
cl
earl
y
1.8
re
spond t
o t
he
nee
ds
of th
e le
arner
s during
dem
onst
rations
1
Be
able
to d
emonst
rate
ski
lls
and m
ethods
to lea
rner
s
1.9
re
duce
dis
trac
tions
and d
isru
ptions
as
much
as
poss
ible
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
326
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
im
ple
men
t in
stru
ctio
n w
hic
h is
mat
ched
to
the
nee
ds
of le
arner
s
2.2
use
iden
tified
lea
rnin
g o
utc
om
es w
hic
h c
an
be
ach
ieve
d t
hro
ugh inst
ruct
ion
2.3
per
form
inst
ruct
ion,
ensu
ring t
hat
the
man
ner
, le
vel an
d s
pee
d o
f th
e in
stru
ctio
n
enco
ura
ges
lea
rner
s to
tak
e par
t
2.4
per
form
inst
ruct
ion w
hils
t re
gula
rly
chec
king
that
the
lear
ner
s under
stan
d a
nd a
dap
t in
stru
ctio
n a
s ap
pro
priat
e
2.5
giv
e le
arn
ers
posi
tive
fee
dback
on t
he
lear
nin
g e
xper
ience
and t
he
outc
om
es
achie
ved
2
Be
able
to inst
ruct
lea
rner
s
2.6
ca
rry
out
a r
evie
w w
ith t
he
lear
ner
s to
id
entify
anyt
hin
g t
hat
pre
vente
d lea
rnin
g a
nd
adap
t in
stru
ctio
n a
s appro
priat
e
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
327
Unit 51: Competency in Supporting Customer Service Improvements in the Automotive Sector
Unit reference number: R/601/6393
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 9
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner develop competency in Supporting Customer Service Improvement in the Automotive Sector.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out with customers in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence, including records, to show that you have supported customer service improvements in the automotive sector on 3 different occasions
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion supporting customer service improvements within the automotive sector.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
328
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
gat
her
info
rmal
fee
dbac
k fr
om
thei
r cu
stom
ers
1.2
use
cust
om
er f
eedbac
k pro
cedure
s to
colle
ct
info
rmat
ion fro
m t
he
cust
om
ers
1.3
use
the
info
rmat
ion f
rom
cust
om
ers
to
dev
elop a
bet
ter
under
stan
din
g o
f th
e cu
stom
er’s
exp
erie
nce
1.4
id
entify
ways
the
serv
ice
they
giv
e co
uld
be
impro
ved b
ased
on info
rmation t
hey
hav
e gat
her
ed
1
Use
fee
dbac
k to
iden
tify
pote
ntial
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
impro
vem
ents
1.5
sh
are
thei
r id
eas
for
impro
ving c
ust
om
er
serv
ice
with c
olle
agues
2.1
id
entify
a p
oss
ible
chan
ge
that
could
be
mad
e to
im
pro
ve c
ust
om
er s
ervi
ce
2.2
pre
sent
thei
r id
ea f
or
impro
ving c
ust
om
er
serv
ice
to a
colle
ague
with t
he
appro
priat
e au
thority
to a
ppro
ve t
he
chan
ge
2.3
ca
rry
out
chan
ges
to c
ust
om
er s
ervi
ce
pro
cedure
s bas
ed o
n t
hei
r ow
n idea
or
pro
pose
d b
y th
e org
anis
atio
n
2
Imple
men
t ch
anges
in
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
2.4
ke
ep t
hei
r cu
stom
ers
info
rmed
of ch
anges
to
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
329
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
giv
e cu
stom
ers
a posi
tive
im
pre
ssio
n o
f ch
anges
that
hav
e bee
n m
ade
2.6
w
ork
posi
tive
ly w
ith o
ther
s to
support
cu
stom
er s
ervi
ce c
hanges
3.1
dis
cuss
with o
ther
s how
chan
ges
to c
ust
om
er
serv
ice
are
work
ing
3
Ass
ist
with t
he
eval
uat
ion o
f ch
anges
in c
ust
om
er s
ervi
ce
3.2
w
ork
with o
ther
s to
iden
tify
any
neg
ative
ef
fect
s of
chan
ges
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e av
oid
ed
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
330
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
331
Unit 52: Competency in Identifying Suitability, Installation and Configuration of Vehicle Electrical Enhancements and Vehicle Security Systems
Unit reference number: H/601/6110
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 10
Guided learning hours: 90
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in identifying suitability and installation of vehicle electrical enhancements and vehicle electrical security systems to improve the original vehicle features or specification and to meet customer requirements.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence from your normal workplace of carrying out 2 different enhancement activities from the 6 listed below * and 1 security activity from the 4 listed below *.
a Enhancements
i in car entertainment ii audio systems iii communication equipment iv networking systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
332
v body electrical systems vi data logging
b Security
i alarm systems ii immobiliser systems iii location tracking systems iv electronic deadlocking systems
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 2 occasions one from each area
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of all the types of electrical enhancements/security listed above.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
333
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
use
suitable
per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d v
ehic
le c
ove
rings
thro
ughout
when
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and v
ehic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curi
ty s
yste
ms
activi
ties
1
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
ac
tivi
ties
1.2
w
ork
in a
way
whic
h m
inim
ises
the
risk
of
dam
age
or
inju
ry t
o t
he
vehic
le,
peo
ple
and
the
envi
ronm
ent
2.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
act
ivitie
s, b
y re
view
ing
a te
chnic
al d
ata
b
fitt
ing p
roce
dure
s
c le
gal
req
uirem
ents
d
cust
om
er r
equirem
ents
2
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
task
2.2
use
tec
hnic
al info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
ac
tivi
ties
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
334
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
se
lect
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t nec
essa
ry f
or
carr
ying o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
act
ivitie
s
3.2
en
sure
that
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
alib
rate
d t
o
mee
t m
anufa
cture
rs’ an
d leg
al r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to u
se a
ppro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t
3.3
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t in
the
way
spec
ifie
d b
y m
anufa
cture
rs w
hen
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecurity
act
ivitie
s
4.1
en
sure
fitm
ent
of
com
ponen
ts a
re c
om
patible
w
ith t
he
vehic
le s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd t
he
cust
om
ers
requirem
ents
4.2
ca
rry
out
all
vehic
le e
nhan
cem
ent
activi
ties
fo
llow
ing:
a m
anufa
cture
rs’ in
stru
ctio
ns
b
legal
req
uirem
ents
c w
ork
pla
ce p
roce
dure
s
d
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
4
Be
able
to inst
all ve
hic
le
elec
tric
al e
nhan
cem
ent
and
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l se
curity
sy
stem
s
4.3
en
sure
when
nec
essa
ry t
hat
adju
stm
ents
to
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
yste
ms
are
carr
ied o
ut
to
ensu
re c
orr
ect
and e
ffec
tive
oper
atio
n
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
335
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.4
en
sure
all
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l co
mponen
ts a
re
secu
re a
nd funct
ion a
s sp
ecifie
d b
y th
e m
anufa
cture
r or
any
legal
req
uirem
ents
4.5
co
mple
te a
ll ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
and s
ecuri
ty a
ctiv
itie
s w
ithin
the
agre
ed
tim
esca
le
5.1
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.2
ag
ree
the
nex
t co
urs
e of ac
tion w
ith t
he
rele
vant
per
son if an
y is
sues
aro
se d
uring t
he
enhan
cem
ent
of th
e ve
hic
le
5.3
id
entify
and r
eport
any
expec
ted d
elay
s in
co
mple
tion t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5.4
re
cord
and r
eport
any
additio
nal fa
ults
notice
d d
uring t
he
cours
e of th
eir
work
pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
5
Be
able
to r
ecord
info
rmat
ion
and m
ake
suitab
le
reco
mm
endat
ions
5.5
ex
pla
in t
o c
ust
om
ers
any
act
ion t
hat
has
bee
n t
ake
n r
egar
din
g t
hei
r ve
hic
le in n
on
tech
nic
al t
erm
s to
giv
e a c
lear
under
stan
din
g
of th
e w
ork
car
ried
out
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
336
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
337
Unit 53: Competency in Conducting Vehicle Enhancement and Installation Consultations with Customers in the Motor Vehicle Environment
Unit reference number: M/601/6112
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 45
Unit Summary
This unit will enable the learner to demonstrate competency in conducting installation and system consultations with customers to improve the original vehicle features/specification and to meet customer requirements. It also includes making recommendations to ensure that the customers concerns are addressed and explaining the outcomes that the enhancements will achieve so that customers fully understand the work that will be undertaken.
Assessment Requirements/Evidence requirements:
This unit must be assessed in accordance with the IMI Assessment Strategy (Annexe C) and adhere to the IMI Competency Unit Assessment Requirements as detailed below:
You must:
1 produce evidence to show you meet all of the Learning Outcomes
2 produce performance evidence resulting from work you have carried out on real vehicles in your normal workplace or as defined within the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy as managed and organised by an approved centre when naturally occurring performance evidence does not occur at frequent intervals in your normal workplace or when safety is at risk
3 be observed by an assessor as defined in the IMI VCQ Assessment Strategy
4 produce evidence from your normal workplace of carrying out 2 different installation and system consultations with customers from the 5 listed below *
a in car entertainment
b audio systems
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
338
c communication equipment
d networking systems
e body electrical systems
5 be observed by your assessor on at least 1 occasion carrying out a consultation with the customer
*However, you must prove to your assessor that you have the necessary knowledge and understanding to be able to perform competently in respect of all the types of electrical installation and system consultations listed above.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
339
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
se
lect
suitab
le s
ourc
es o
f te
chnic
al
info
rmat
ion t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
act
ivitie
s
1
Be
able
to u
se r
elev
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o c
arry
out
the
consu
ltat
ion w
ith c
ust
om
ers
1.2
in
terp
ret
tech
nic
al info
rmation t
o s
upport
the
vehic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
activi
ties
2.1
ex
pla
in c
lear
ly t
he
implic
ations
of an
y ve
hic
le
enhan
cem
ent
2.2
re
spond t
o c
ust
om
ers
conce
rns
in a
posi
tive
an
d frien
dly
man
ner
2.3
giv
e a
posi
tive
im
pre
ssio
n o
f yo
urs
elf an
d
your
org
anis
atio
n w
hen
dea
ling w
ith
cust
om
ers
2.4
obta
in s
uffic
ient,
det
aile
d info
rmat
ion u
sing
suitab
ly s
truct
ure
d q
ues
tions
2.5
pro
vide
cust
om
ers
with a
ccura
te,
curr
ent
and
rele
vant
advi
ce a
nd info
rmation o
n a
ny
furt
her
inve
stig
atio
n t
hat
is
nee
ded
2.6
giv
e te
chnic
al a
dvi
ce c
lear
ly a
nd a
ccura
tely
an
d in a
man
ner
whic
h t
he
cust
om
er w
ill
under
stan
d
2
Be
able
to c
onduct
pre
-work
ve
hic
le e
lect
rica
l en
han
cem
ent
consu
ltat
ions
with c
ust
om
ers
2.7
lia
ise
with t
he
cust
om
er a
nd o
r oth
er r
elev
ant
per
son t
o a
gre
e yo
ur
reco
mm
endat
ions
for
the
nex
t co
urs
e of ac
tion
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
340
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
ex
pla
in c
lear
ly t
o c
ust
om
ers
the
action t
hat
has
bee
n t
aken
reg
ardin
g t
hei
r ve
hic
le
3.2
pro
duce
work
rec
ord
s th
at
are
accu
rate
, co
mple
te a
nd p
ass
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son(s
) pro
mptly
in t
he
form
at r
equired
3
Be
able
to c
arry
out
post
work
co
nsu
ltat
ions
and m
ake
su
itab
le r
ecom
men
dations
3.3
su
gges
t poss
ible
met
hods
for
impro
ving t
he
cust
om
er c
are
pro
cess
to y
our
man
ager
, w
hen
nec
essa
ry
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
341
Further information
Our customer service numbers are:
BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026
GCSE 0844 576 0027
GCE 0844 576 0025
The Diploma 0844 576 0028
DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031
Calls may be recorded for training purposes.
Useful publications
Related information and publications include:
Centre Handbook for Edexcel QCF NVQs and Competence-based Qualifications published annually
functional skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and question papers
Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework (published by Ofqual, August 2008)
the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue.
Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website.
NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.
How to obtain National Occupational Standards
To obtain the National Occupational Standards go to www.ukstandards.org.uk.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
342
Professional development and training
Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.
The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:
planning for the delivery of a new programme
planning for assessment and grading
developing effective assignments
building your team and teamwork skills
developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches
building functional skills into your programme
building effective and efficient quality assurance systems.
The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.
The training we provide:
is active
is designed to be supportive and thought provoking
builds on best practice
may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing professional development.
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
343
Annex
e A
: Pro
gres
sion
pat
hw
ays
The
Edex
cel qual
ific
atio
n f
ram
ewor
k fo
r th
e A
uto
mot
ive
sect
or
Level
BTEC
vo
cati
on
all
y-r
ela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st q
uali
fica
tio
n/
p
rofe
ssio
nal
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
5
BTEC L
evel
5 H
ND
Dip
lom
a in
Veh
icle
Oper
atio
ns
Man
agem
ent
(QCF)
4
BTEC L
evel
4 H
NC D
iplo
ma in
Veh
icle
Oper
atio
ns
Man
agem
ent
(QCF)
3
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in
Light
Veh
icle
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in
Hea
vy V
ehic
le M
ain
tenan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Fitt
ing S
uper
viso
ry P
rinci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Body
Princi
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Pai
nt
Princi
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in
Light
Veh
icle
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in
Hea
vy V
ehic
le M
ain
tenan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal
and M
obile
Ele
ctrica
l Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le F
itting
Super
viso
ry C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Body
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Pai
nt
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
344
Level
BTEC
vo
cati
on
all
y-r
ela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st q
uali
fica
tio
n/
p
rofe
ssio
nal
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
3
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma
in L
ift
Tru
ck M
ain
tenan
ce &
Rep
air
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in
Moto
rcyc
le M
ainte
nan
ce a
nd R
epai
r Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Sal
es P
rinci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 D
iplo
ma in B
ody
Build
ing P
rinci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in L
ift
Tru
ck
Mai
nte
nan
ce &
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in M
oto
rcyc
le
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd R
epai
r C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le S
ales
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in B
ody
Build
ing
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
2
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in
Light
Veh
icle
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in H
eavy
Veh
icle
Main
tenan
ce a
nd R
epai
r Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Fitt
ing P
rinci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Pai
nt
Princi
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Body
Princi
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in
Light
Veh
icle
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in
Hea
vy V
ehic
le M
ain
tenan
ce a
nd
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal
and M
obile
Ele
ctrica
l Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le F
itting
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Pai
nt
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Body
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
AP030054 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 &
3 D
iplo
ma in A
uto
Ele
ctri
cal and M
obile
Ele
ctri
cal
Princi
ple
s an
d C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Feb
ruar
y 2012
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2012
345
Level
BTEC
vo
cati
on
all
y-r
ela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st q
uali
fica
tio
n/
p
rofe
ssio
nal
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
2
Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma in L
ift
Tru
ck
Mai
nte
nan
ce &
Rep
air
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in
Moto
rcyc
le M
ainte
nan
ce a
nd R
epai
r Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2
Dip
lom
a in
Veh
icle
Sale
s Pr
inci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Mec
han
ical
, Ele
ctrica
l an
d T
rim
(M
ET)
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in B
ody
Build
ing P
rinci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 D
iplo
ma in H
eavy
Veh
icle
Tra
iler
Mai
nte
nan
ce &
Rep
air
Prin
ciple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in L
ift
Tru
ck
Mai
nte
nan
ce &
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in M
oto
rcyc
le
Mai
nte
nan
ce a
nd R
epai
r C
om
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le S
ales
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in V
ehic
le
Acc
iden
t Rep
air
Mec
han
ical
, Ele
ctrica
l an
d
Trim
(M
ET)
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in B
ody
Build
ing
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in H
eavy
Veh
icle
Tra
iler
Main
tenan
ce &
Rep
air
Com
pet
ence
(Q
CF)
1
En
try
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
346
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
347
Annexe B: Centre certification and registration
Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to:
direct centres to take action
limit or suspend certification
suspend registration.
The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.
What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification?
Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity.
Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement should be made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements.
Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the Equality Act 2010) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.
Please refer to Edexcel’s Equality Policy for further details, www.edexcel.co/policies/pages/home.aspx
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
348
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
349
Annexe C: Assessment Strategy
Assessment Strategy
For
Vocational Competency Qualifications (VCQs)
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
350
Introduction
This document sets out the recommendations of IMI for the assessment of VCQ qualifications based on IMI developed National Occupational Standards. The Strategy is designed to operate across all four nations, bringing parity to all learners. Awarding Organisations wishing to operate VCQs in the retail motor sector must take full part in the IMI Awarding Body Forum.
This is the overarching strategy for the assessment and verification of competency based qualifications (VCQs) that are based upon National Occupational Standards from the IMI and will come into force on the 30th June 2010, it will apply to any new competence -based units and qualifications.
Assessment
VCQs are a type of qualification which reflect the unique needs of the workplace. They should be assessed in a holistic way by technically competent assessors. The primary method of assessment should always be direct workplace observation. Some use of simulation is allowed (please see section, Workplace Assessment/Simulation).
Additionally Awarding Organisations are encouraged to make use of naturally occurring quality assurance and monitoring systems where they exist in workplace assessment environments.
The Institute of the Motor Industry require Awarding Organisations delivering VCQs to participate in an Awarding Body Forum. This will, as a minimum, involve an annual meeting to discuss issues of assessment and verification.
VCQ must attest to competence in an occupational role (where competence is defined as the ability to apply knowledge, understanding, practical and thinking skills to be effective in work: these skills will usually include problem-solving, being flexible to meet changing demands and the ability to work with or alongside others).
Any assessment must attest to competence in an occupational role (where competence is defined as the ability to apply knowledge, understanding, practical and thinking skills to be effective in work: these skills will usually include problem-solving, being flexible to meet changing demands and the ability to work with or alongside others)
Evidence Requirements for VCQ
Candidates working towards a VCQ must provide evidence from the workplace that covers a minimum of a 4 month, (16 week), period.
All evidence for VCQs must be assessed by suitably qualified assessors and must adhere to the requirements for the QCF units being assessed.
Rules of combination
Rules of combination must be that determined by the IMI SSC.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
351
Evidence other than from direct workplace observation
Workplace Assessment/Simulation
IMI credit- based units are work/competency based and therefore candidates are to be assessed under normal workplace conditions. It is recognised however, that there are situations where the workplace may not be appropriate or that waiting for naturally occurring evidence is impractical. In these situations IMI will allow centres to set up or devise assessment situations.
These assessment situations can only be set up after:
all possible routes for the collection of naturally occurring evidence have been exhausted
the exact make up and content of the centre devised assessment has been agreed and approved by the external verifier
the assessor can assure that the simulation will provide evidence that is valid reliable and authentic.
We suggest that centres seek written confirmation before proceeding with assessment. The need for simulation may result from consideration of:
Safety
Legislation
Regulation
Contingency
Cost
Frequency.
In addition, IMI recognises that candidates using these credit- based units in the context of a Level 1 qualification may be in a learning environment and not in a workplace. In these situations, centres may set up or devise assessment situations as required, with prior written agreement of the external verifier.
Any simulation must be carried out using actual vehicles; the use of engine rigs or electrical boards is not permitted.
IMI re-iterates that its credit- based units have been designed to be capable of assessment in the normal workplace and that subject to the arrangements for simulation described above this should be the case.
Simulation will be monitored by the Awarding Organisations and where it is found to be the ‘norm’ rather than the exception suitable action will need to be taken.
Realistic Work Environment
The IMI requires that candidates are assessed within their normal workplace, or in exceptional circumstances as described previously via simulation. The use of approved simulation means therefore that RWE, Realistic Work Environment is not to be used.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
352
Expert Witnesses
The use of witness testimony and expert witness testimony are appropriate methods for assessors to collect supplementary evidence on candidates’ performance.
Witness testimonies can be obtained from people that are occupationally competent and who may be familiar with the national occupational standards, such as the candidate’s line manager.
The assessor must judge the validity of the witness testimony and these may vary depending on the source. Witness testimonies can only support the assessment process and may remove or reduce the need to collect supplementary evidence, however, the awarding organisation’s/body’s quality assurance requirements must be met. Additionally the person or persons providing the witness testimony evidence must make themselves available to the external verifier for confirmation of evidence validity if required.
Remote Observation
The use of direct observation from a remote location is permitted as long as the centre seeks and receives the approval of their awarding organisation prior to its use and the awarding organisation discusses and agree this with the IMI prior to its use.
Assessor Requirements
The assessment of VCQs must be carried out by approved industry competent assessors.
Assessors will be responsible for, and accountable for, the validity, reliability and authenticity of evidence.
The primary responsibility of the assessor is to ensure that candidates satisfy the requirements of the national occupational standards. It is important that an assessor can recognise occupational competence as specified by the national occupational standards. Assessors therefore need to have a thorough understanding of assessment and quality assurance practices, as well as have in depth technical competence related to the qualifications for which they are assessing candidates.
It will be the responsibility of the approved centre to select and appoint assessors.
It will be the responsibility of the Awarding Organisation to approve centre selected assessors.
To be an approved assessor the person must:
have sufficient and relevant technical/occupational competence in the Unit, at or above the level of the unit being assessed
have in- depth knowledge of the qualification or credit- based unit evidence requirements.
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
353
hold or be working towards a relevant assessors award as specified by the Institute of the Motor Industry. This will include, but not be limited to the Assessor qualifications, Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment, Level 3 Award in Assessing Vocationally Related Achievement, Level 3 Certificate in Assessing Vocational Achievement. (and by implication legacy Assessor units A1, A2 and D32/33 unit) but may be an appropriate equivalent as defined by the IMI, SSC).
assessors working towards a relevant assessor qualification must achieve their qualification within 12 months.
demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the competencies that a learner is required to demonstrate for the qualification that they are undertaking
provide evidence of completing 5 days working/job shadowing in industry within their professional area in a 24 month period.
provide evidence of 30 hours of technical/qualification related CPD within a 12 month period.(This is in additional to working/job shadowing).
be approved by the Awarding Organisation to carry out assessments for the VCQs they are competent in.
Approval of assessors can be removed.
Assessors cannot assess the VCQ if they are not currently approved by, or have had their approval removed by, the Awarding Organisation.
Internal Verifier Requirements
VCQs must be underpinned by quality assurance appropriate to workplace based delivery. At a minimum this should reflect the principles outlined below.
Internal Verification of VCQ shall be the responsibility of approved industry competent internal verifiers.
The primary responsibility of the internal verifier is to assure the quality and consistency of assessments by the assessors for whom they are responsible. Internal verifiers therefore need to have a thorough understanding of quality assurance and assessment practices, as well as technical competence related to the qualifications that they are internally verifying.
Internal verifiers will be responsible for, and accountable for consistency, quality and reliability of evidence and assessors.
It will be the responsibility of the approved centre to select and appoint internal verifiers .
It will be the responsibility of the Awarding Organisation to approve centre selected internal verifiers.
To be an approved internal verifier the person must:
have in-depth knowledge of the occupational standards and credit- based unit evidence requirements.
be occupationally aware of the relevant industry sector being internally verified
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
354
hold or be working towards a relevant verifier award as specified by the Institute of the Motor Industry. This will include, but not be limited to the Quality Assurance qualifications Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice, Level 4 Certificate in Leading the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice, (and by implication legacy Internal Verifier unit V1 D34 unit) but may be an appropriate equivalent as defined by the SSC.
verifiers working towards a relevant qualification must achieve their qualification within 12 months.
provide evidence of CPD totalling not less than 30 hours from within their professional area within a 12 month period.
be approved by the Awarding Organisation to carry out internal verification for relevant VCQ(s)
demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the quality assurance processes required by the centre and the awarding organisation
Approval of internal verifiers can be removed.
Internal Verifiers cannot verify the VCQ if they are not approved by, or have had their approval removed by the Awarding Organisation.
Multi Discipline Assessors and Internal Verifiers
Assessors and Internal Verifiers who work across multi disciplines must agree to a programme of CPD that will, over an agreed period of time, show their competence across all areas that they assess.
The programme of CPD and the timescale must be agreed for each multi discipline assessor by their External Verifier and may be subject to scrutiny by the IMI.
It is the responsibility of the centre to keep a record of these agreements.
External Verifier Requirements
Awarding Organisations will be responsible for selection and appointment of external verifiers.
To be an approved external verifier or moderator the person must:
hold or be working towards an appropriate qualification as specified by the Institute of the Motor Industry, confirming their competence to externally verify VCQ assessments This will include, but not be limited to the Level 4 Award in Externally Assuring the Quality of Assessment Processes and Practice, Level 4 Certificate in Leading the External Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practice, (and by implication legacy External Verifier unit V2 and D35 units) but may be an appropriate equivalent as defined by the SSC
external verifiers working towards a relevant qualification must achieve their qualification within 12 months
have experience of working within the automotive industry gained through current or prior employment in order to have an up- to- date technical awareness relevant to the VCQ they are seeking to externally verify
AP030054 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 & 3 Diploma in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF) – Issue 1 – February 2012 © Pearson Education Limited 2012
355
have a sound and in-depth knowledge of the VCQ requirements
demonstrate their commitment to maintaining their industry knowledge by providing evidence of CPD totalling not less than 30 hours from within their professional area within a 12 month period.
External Quality Control
It is expected that the awarding of qualifications will be underpinned by quality assurance appropriate to workplace based delivery. At a minimum this should reflect the principles outlined below.
External quality control of assessment is the responsibility of the Awarding Organisations, they must ensure that common approaches are employed and that consistent, high standards are achieved.
External verifiers will be required to implement rigorous risk management strategies consistently across all centres for which they are responsible.
IMI recommends that Awarding Organisations adopt a risk rating and risk management system for centres offering IMI VCQs.
IMI recommend that such systems identify:
commercial risk – is there potential for commercial pressures to ensure that candidates achieve qualifications within unduly short time frames?
assessment/verification risk – are factors apparent in the relationship between candidates, assessors and verifiers that might prejudice a fair and consistent assessment process?
Where risks or potential risks are identified, IMI expects that the Awarding Organisation, via the external verifier takes appropriate action to ensure that the credibility of the assessment process is not prejudiced
Awarding Organisations will be responsible for and accountable for the quality of VCQs delivered and assessed by their approved assessment centres.
db220212\PD\NVQ Competence\AP030054 Edexcel BTEC L2 and 3 Dip in Auto Electrical and Mobile Electrical Principles and Competence (QCF).doc.1-362/1
Publications Code AP030054 February 2012 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121